Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Blonder Tongue Laboratories Inc.

Blonder Tongue Laboratories Inc.

bdr · AMEX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker bdr
Exchange AMEX
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Blonder Tongue Laboratories Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2020
ANNUAL
R E P O R T

To our Stockholders*

History

Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.  (“BT  Labs”),  like  most  American  entrepreneurial 
endeavors, started from humble beginnings based on the ideas and the hopes of our 
founders; to create and build value for our owners, to create products with innovation 
and  creativity  that  help  our  customers  provide  essential  services  to  homes  and 
businesses,  to  provide  stable  employment  and  purpose  for  our  team  members,  and 
to contribute to our community.  In our case, it was two friends, Ike Blonder and Ben 
Tongue,  both  of  whom  were  separately  involved  in  radar  technology  and  operations 
during  World  War  II,  and  who  invented  some  of  the  earliest  broadband  distribution 
technology.  Originally based in Brooklyn, Ike and Ben rode the wave of early over-the-
air home television adoption in the 1950's to build a business that eventually moved to 
our current headquarters and manufacturing facility in Old Bridge New Jersey in 1970, 
after out-growing several previous factories during the Company’s first 20 years.

Now  a  public  company  since  1995  and  in  our  70th  year  of  operations,  BT  Labs  has 
recently  completed  major  organizational  initiatives  and  technology  upgrades.    The 
senior  management  team  regrouped  over  the  last  year  to  focus  on  the  Company’s 
earliest core values of innovation and opportunity, and adopted a strategy to refocus 
BT Labs’ product development efforts in more relevant and growing technologies.  Our 
goal  is  simple,  to  create  more  stable  and  predictable  revenue  growth,  drive  profits 
to  the  bottom  line  for  our  stockholders,  and  ensure  overall  stability  for  all  of  our 
stakeholders,  including  our  customers,  our  employees,  our  supplier  partners,  and  our 
community.    We  are  moving  the  Company  wherever  possible  from  risk  towards  more 
certainty  and  stability,  from  legacy  technologies  towards  more  relevant  and  growing 
technologies,  and  from  the  routine  towards  more  product-focused,  customer-focused 
actions.

Restructuring and Investment

As we all know, a tremendous number of businesses in the US, including BT Labs, have 
been  facing  a  very  difficult  pandemic-affected  marketplace  since  early  March  2020.  
In  response  to  the  effects  of  this  crisis  on  the  markets  we  serve,  we  made  specific 
decisions  during  2020  to  focus  the  resources  of  the  Company  to  complete  a  number 
of major organizational changes to streamline our operational overhead and to invest 
in intellectual property research and development, and targeted product development 

* This message contains “forward-looking” statements that are covered by the safe harbor more fully described in the 
paragraph entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” set forth on page (i) of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.

www.blondertongue.com // 800-523-6049

programs  focused  on  short  and  medium  term  benefits.    We  also  initiated  a  major 
inventory reduction program designed to generate additional working capital.

The  net  result  of  our  organizational  and  operational  streamlining  efforts,  which  were 
completed  in  January  2021,  had  beneficial  effects  across  both  our  manufacturing  and 
engineering  processes  and  resulted  in  lowering  the 
Company’s  operating  costs  by  approximately  $940,000 
during the full year of 2020 versus 2019, with additional 
reductions that have been implemented in Q1 2021.  The 
Company’s  operating  expenses  are  now  approximately 
$192,000  per  month  lower  than  they  were  one  year 
ago,  and  we  are  planning  to  maintain,  as  well  as  work 
to  possibly  increase,  that  level  of  operational  efficiency 
going forward.

“In 2020, our experienced 

engineering organization 
completed over 15 new 

product introductions in a 

wide range of data and video 

Our  initiatives  to  complete  IP  investments  yielded  the 
Company  several  patent  grants  in  2020  that  cover  a 
number  of  unique  aspects  of  our  NXG  Digital  Video 
Signal  Processing  platform  and  our  DOCSIS  data  delivery  product  lines.    In  2020,  our 
experienced engineering organization completed over 15 new product introductions in 
a wide range of data and video delivery technologies that included:

delivery technologies…”

•  Content  security,  digital  rights  management  (“DRM”)  and  conditional 

access (“CAS”) technologies

•  High-speed data delivery enhancements

•  Support for the latest HEVC / H.265 video compression technologies

•  Support for 4K/Ultra High Definition in our Encoders and Transcoders 

•  Advanced video transcoding and encoding technologies

•  Over-the-top (“OTT”) internet IPTV video technologies

and 

•  Technologies developed under agreement with specific Tier 1 Telco and 

Cable service operators, now shipping to those customers

During  2020,  we  also  completed  a  number  of  targeted  product  and  component  cost 

www.blondertongue.com // 800-523-6049

reductions consistent with our goal of improving our average gross margins.  We have 
also begun evaluating those product attributes that customers find most valuable, in 
order  to  ensure  we  bolster  the  promotion  and  marketing  of  our  key  differentiators.  
We increased the standard warranty of our BIDA broadband amplifier product line to 
eight years from three.  A recent look at the numbers showed this action would cost 
the Company very little or nothing, because most BT Labs products in these categories 
typically  operate  in  the  field  for  20+  years;  yet  this  change  will  provide  customers 
with  further  assurances  of  our  exceptional  product  quality  and  durability.    With  BT 
Labs  possibly  being  one  of  the  only  companies  to  continue  to  produce  broadband 
amplifiers in the USA, we wanted to showcase our own high confidence in the quality 
of our products.  We’ve also recently refined and focused the Company’s service level 
agreement policies (“SLA”) based on the results of both a survey of our customers and 
a  market  analysis  of  the  policies  of  our  competitors,  to  ensure  that  our  service  and 
support-related  products  were  keeping  up  with  the  industry  and  competition.    The 
early response to our changes in this area have been very positive, with several new 
customer  SLA  wins  and  a  larger  number  of  prospects  in  the  sales  funnel  than  ever 
before.  Expanding our blend of services is one of several goals this year.

The  Company  has  recently  retained  the  services  of  Bob  Gold  &  Associates  (“BG&A”) 
for public relations support during 2021.  BG&A is a very well known, well-regarded 
boutique PR firm within the telecom technology arena and has 30+ years-experience 
with both service operators and tech companies.  Our work with Bob and his team is 
beginning with a refresh of our understanding of the customer perception of BT Labs 
as a company and of our product lineup.  We plan to adapt and adjust in all areas where 
we need to improve in the eyes our customers during 2021 and beyond.  We hope these 
examples  are  illustrative  of  our  overall  efforts  towards  becoming  the  best  customer 
focused, customer driven, supplier and partner possible.

Sources of Capital

As  we’ve  stated  in  our  2020  press  releases  and  earnings  calls,  in  April  of  2020,  the 
Company was able to secure a CARES Act PPP federally-backed loan in the amount of 
$1,769,000.  These funds, along with the results of the Company’s inventory reduction 
program that improved our cash used in operating activities by $4,421,000 last year, 
together  enabled  the  Company  to  implement  and  complete  our  2020  restructuring 
and  product  investments.    This  included  substantial  organizational  changes  that 
carried one-time costs of about $220,000, our major intellectual property investments, 
and  all  of  our  engineering  and  product  development  initiatives.    Additionally,  the 
Company  has  had  strong  support  from  its  employees,  management  and  directors  in 

www.blondertongue.com // 800-523-6049

the form of consistent and regular equity purchases. We also closed on several rounds 
of  investments  in  the  form  of  convertible  debt  and  a  private  equity  placement,  all 
previously publicly announced through SEC filings on Form 8-K and press releases.  

Broadening our Customer Base

During 2020, the Company focused sales efforts towards expanding direct relationships 
with Telco, Cable and Fiber Optics based service operators.  Those efforts yielded an 
increase  in  our  service  operator  relationships  of  over 
35%  year  on  year,  and  the  Company  also  added  four 
new  integrator  and  distributor  relationships  during  last 
year.   The  work to expand our direct relationships with 
North  America’s  largest  Telco’s  and  service  operators 
continues  with  more  progress  made  recently.    We  will 
also be making more progress in 2021 in expanding our 
distribution channels towards reaching a wider range of 
integrator and service operator end-users.  Although the 
first  quarter  of  2021  has  presented  some  of  the  same 
challenges as 2020, all of these investment decisions, as 
well as the significant progress in 2020, were designed to 
prepare the Company to emerge from the COVID-induced pandemic stronger and better 
prepared for growth opportunities throughout the remainder of 2021 and beyond.

“We will also be making 

more progress in 2021 in 

expanding our distribution 

channels towards reaching a 

wider range of integrator and 

service operator end-users.”

Operating Efficiency

We believe that one major indicator of fundamental change in the Company’s structure 
and strength is indicated by the reduction in cash used in operating activities last year.  
While managing the Company with an average 17.5% reduction in sales in 2020 vs. 2019, 
due primarily to the pandemic, the Company had $(3,212,000) in net cash used in our 
operating activities in 2020 vs. $(6,538,000) in net cash used in our operating activities 
in  2019.    While  no  management  team,  including  ours,  should  consider  an  operating 
loss acceptable performance in any way, these numbers provide some indication of the 
progress made in 2020 and the year-over-year positive trend.  We anticipate that this 
trend will continue and result in further improvements in our operating results during 
2021.      

Thinking back to last year at this time, it is hard to believe that we remain in the throes 
of the COVID-19 pandemic.  But we are beginning to see light ahead.  With the support 

www.blondertongue.com // 800-523-6049

of  our  customers,  our  suppliers  and  our  employees,  many  of  whom  have  undertaken 
significant personal sacrifices for the benefit of the Company, and support from federal 
programs  designed  to  provide  lifelines  to  adversely  affected  businesses,  we  have 
managed through the most difficult year since the Company’s public offering in 1995. We 
are emerging from this difficult period leaner and more focused, and in a better position 
to achieve returns from each dollar of capital we are investing in our business.  We have 
identified new ways to do business that are more efficient, and we are listening closely 
to  our  customers  regarding  their  needs  as  we  emerge  from  the  pandemic  with  new 
product offerings and new products in development.  We are thankful to all who have 
directly  supported  us  and  we  remain  thankful  to  all  of  the  first  responders,  essential 
workers and health care professionals who have continued for more than a year to put 
themselves at risk for the greater good of our Country and our communities.  Thank you. 

Edward R. ‘Ted' Grauch

Chief Executive Officer 
& President

www.blondertongue.com // 800-523-6049

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020,

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ___________ to ___________

Commission file number: 1-14120

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

One Jake Brown Road, Old Bridge, New Jersey
(Address of principal executive offices)

52-1611421
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.)

08857
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (732) 679-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, Par Value $.001

Trading Symbols(s)
BDR

Name of Exchange on which registered
NYSE American

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for 
the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of 
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes 
☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an 
emerging  growth  company.  See  definition of  “accelerated  filer,”  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☐
☒

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☒
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020: $3,323,352

Number of shares of common stock, par value $.001, outstanding as of March 24, 2021: 11,874,045

Documents incorporated by reference: None

Forward-Looking Statements

In  addition  to  historical  information,  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  Corporation 
(“Blonder Tongue”  or  the  “Company”),  contains  forward-looking  statements  regarding  future  events  relating  to  such  matters  as  anticipated  financial 
performance,  business  prospects,  technological  developments,  new  products,  research  and  development  activities  and  similar  matters.  The  Private 
Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995,  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  and  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  provide  safe  harbors  for  forward-looking 
statements.  In  order  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  these  safe  harbors,  the  Company  notes  that  a  variety  of  factors  could  cause  the  Company’s  actual  results 
and  experience  to  differ  materially and adversely from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the Company’s forward-looking statements. 
The  risks  and  uncertainties  that  may  affect  the  operation,  performance,  development  and  results  of  the  Company’s  business  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
those matters discussed herein in the  sections  entitled  Item  1  -  Business,  Item  1A  -  Risk  Factors,  Item  3  -  Legal  Proceedings  and  Item  7  -  Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.  The  words  “believe,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “project,”  “target,”  “intend,” 
“plan,”  “seek,”  “estimate,”  “endeavor,”  “should,”  “could,”  “may”  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  In  addition, 
any statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated trends in our business and other characterizations of future events or 
circumstances  are  forward-looking  statements.  Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-looking  statements,  which  reflect 
management’s  analysis  only  as  of  the  date  hereof.  The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to  publicly  revise  these  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect 
events  or  circumstances  that  arise  after  the  date  hereof,  except  as  may  be  required  under  applicable  law.  Readers  should  carefully  review  the  risk  factors 
described herein and in other documents the Company files from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

i

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS

Introduction

PART I

Blonder  Tongue,  with  its  subsidiary  R.  L.  Drake  Holdings,  LLC  (“Drake”),  is  a  technology  research  and  development  (“R&D”)  company  with 
U.S.-based manufacturing, that delivers a wide range of products and services to major telecommunications, cable and fiber optic service delivery operators, as
well as broadcasters and media production companies. For over 70 years, Blonder Tongue Labs and Drake Digital products have provided the latest technology
for telecom company Central Offices (COs), cable operator headends, broadcaster studios (together “Telecom”), as well as to lodging/hospitality, multi-dwelling
units/apartments  (“MDU”)  and  a  range  of  business  to  business  (“B-B”)  customers  at  a  wide  range  of  locations  including  university  campuses,
healthcare/hospitals, fitness centers, government facilities, military bases, prisons, airports, sports stadiums/arenas, entertainment venues/casinos, retail stores,
and small-medium businesses. These applications are also variously described as commercial, institutional, and/or enterprise environments and will be referred
to  herein  collectively  as  “CIE.”  The  customers  we  serve  also  include  business  entities  distributing  and  installing  private  data  delivery,  broadband  and  video
networks  in  these  environments,  including  the  world’s  largest  cable  television  operators,  telecommunications  providers  and  satellite  providers,  as  well  as
integrators, architects, engineers or the next generation of Internet Protocol Television (“IPTV”) streaming video service providers.

The  Company  continues  to  be  focused  on  the  needs  of  an  expanding  group  of  customers,  providing  high  quality,  ultra-high  reliability  technology 
products to meet their needs and supporting those products following deployment. For over 70 years Blonder Tongue has provided innovative solutions based on 
continually advancing technology. Since its founding, Blonder Tongue has continued to keep abreast of evolving technologies, from analog to digital television, 
Hybrid-Fiber  Coax  (“HFC”)  networks  with  Quadrature  Amplitude  Modulation  (“QAM”)  edge  devices,  High  Definition  (“HD”)  and  Ultra  HD  (“4K”)  and 
(“UHD”)  encoding  and  transcoding,  IPTV  processing  and  distribution,  multiscreen  Adaptive  Bit  Rate  (“ABR”)  technologies  and  high-speed  data  delivery 
technologies.

The cable and telecommunications markets have reacted quickly to consumer demands for additional services by integrating multiple technologies into 
existing networks, providing consumers with high speed internet access in addition to enhanced video offerings. Today, video offerings have expanded from 
traditional broadcast linear delivery to the living room TV to live streaming to any device in your home or on the go. Traditional TV content is now available in 
any  format  to  be  viewed  on  tablets,  mobile  phones,  computers  or  gaming  consoles.  CIE  and  IPTV  service  providers  are  migrating  their  video-on-demand 
(“VOD”)  architecture  to  IPTV,  and  a  multiscreen  ecosystem.  Service  operators  and  CIE  businesses  are  upgrading  their  networks  to  have  the  capability  to 
deliver 4K video resolution content to TVs and adding the capability of IPTV streaming to additional, normally small screens, thereby expanding viewer access 
to  HD  content  on  any  IP-connected  devices.  The  infrastructure  requirements  to  enable  IP  streaming  with  a  wide  variety  of  resolutions  and  ABR  bit  rates 
provides the Company with an opportunity to market and sell its expanded IP streaming encoders and digital product lines.

Both the IPTV and CIE markets are forecast to grow over the next few years. The IPTV market was valued at $72.24 billion in 2019 and is expected to 
reach $194.21 billion by 2026; a CAGR of 17.89%. The CIE market segments that the Company serves have been focused on the migration to IPTV networks. 
The  Company  has  expanded  its  video  product  line  portfolio  to  address  the  growth  of  IP  streaming.  The  Company  has  collaborated  with  large 
telecommunications operators and with leading cable television (“CATV”) Multiple System Operators (“MSOs”) to produce new cost-effective video encoder 
and  transcoder  products  for  IP  support  of  both  traditional  broadcast  and  Public  Education  Government  (“PEG”)  video  content.  The  company  has  also  been 
involved  recently  in  initiatives  for  regional  content  acquisition  for  backhaul,  ingest  and  redistribution  from  centralized  facilities  using  modern  IP,  IPTV  and 
CDN  video  distribution  architectures,  these  technologies  taken  together  are  referred  to  as  Over  The  Top  or  “OTT”.  In  2018,  the  Company  introduced  the 
NeXgen Gateway (“NXG”) digital video signal processing platform to specifically address the service provider challenges of migrating from traditional CATV 
HFC based topologies and technologies to Internet Protocol (“IP”) and IPTV based topologies and technologies. As the industry has begun to adopt UHD and 
4K and High Efficiency Video Coding (“HEVC”) encoding, the Company has begun to produce products to support these emerging requirements. IPTV growth 
worldwide is projected to result in 397 million subscribers by 2025. NXG sales were $705,000 in 2020 and $913,000 in 2019, respectively.

1

In January 2020, the Company began implementing a strategic plan to improve operating results and increase shareholder value. This plan consists of:

○ Adapting operating expenses in line with expected revenue and income levels

○ Focusing R&D on short-term high confidence opportunities with compelling ROI

○ Expanding sales and marketing efforts directly to service operators

○ Streamlining manufacturing operations and simplifying product offerings, and

○ Increasing gross margins.

The  Company  has  entered  into  and/or  renewed  several  agreements  through  which  it  has  acquired  rights  to  use  and  incorporate  certain  proprietary 

technologies in its digital encoder, transcoder and NXG lines of products, including:

1. Widevine / Google LLC, DRM License Agreement for content partners and OEMs (Google LLC).

2. Verimatrix ViewRight IPTV and ViewRight IPTV Professional License to Distribute, License to Integrate and Client Integration Agreement.

3.

Implementation  and  System  License  Agreement  with  Dolby  Laboratories  Licensing  Corporation  (“Dolby  Labs”)  for  Dolby  Digital  Plus
Professional Encoder, 5.1 and 2 channel licensed technology.

4. License Agreement with LG Electronics as a Pro:Idiom content Protection System Manufacturer.

5. Ownership from the Motion Picture Experts Group of an MPEG-2 4:2:2 Profile High Level Video Encoder IP core.

The Widevine / Google LLC License Agreement grants the Company the right to manufacture, label and sell professional Digital Rights Management 

(“DRM”) enabled products that include certain Widevine DRM technologies.

The Verimatrix ViewRight IPTV, ViewRight IPTV Professional License to Distribute, License to Integrate and Client Integration Agreement grants the 
Company the right to integrate the Company’s products with Verimatrix ViewRight IPTV and ViewRight IPTV Professional DRM technologies and to sell and 
distribute the resulting integrated products to Service Operator customers that hold Verimatrix licenses to deploy the associated DRM technologies.

The Dolby® Labs License Agreement grants the Company the right to manufacture, label and sell professional digital encoder products and consumer 
digital  decoder  products  and  to  use  the  Dolby  trademarks.  This  technology  has  a  number  of  improvements  aimed  at  increasing  quality  at  a  given  bit  rate 
compared with legacy Dolby Digital (AC-3). Most notably, it offers increased bit rates, support for more audio channels, improved coding techniques to reduce 
compression artifacts, and backward compatibility with existing AC-3 hardware.

The  LG  Electronics  license  agreement  provides  the  Company  with  certain  technology  necessary  for  the  provision  of  Pro:Idiom  encryption  and 
decryption devices for the hospitality industry. Almost all of the high value content owners require that service providers protect the content by employing this 
technology. Consequently, content can be transferred through and among these devices only if incorporating this technology.

The Pro:Idiom digital technology platform provides the hospitality market with a robust, secure DRM system, ensuring rapid, broad deployment of HD 
television (“HDTV”) and other high-value digital content to licensed users in the lodging industry. Lodging industry leaders such as World Cinema Inc. have 
licensed the Pro:Idiom DRM system. A growing number of content providers have demonstrated their acceptance of Pro:Idiom by licensing their HD content for 
delivery by Pro:Idiom licensees.

The  MPEG-2  Encoder  IP  core  has  a  unique  compression  engine  capable  of  creating  HD  MPEG-2  real-time  encoding  of  a  single  channel  of 
1080i/720p/480i video. The use of  this  real-time encoding  technique enables  the  Company  to  provide  broadcast  MPEG-2  HD  and  SD encoding. MPEG-2  is 
widely  used  as  the  format  of  digital  television  signals  that  are  broadcast  by  terrestrial  (over-the-air),  cable,  and  direct  broadcast  satellite  TV  systems.  The 
Company’s revenues for digital encoders were $2,698,000 in 2020 and $4,044,000 in 2019.

The H.264/AVC is a video compression standard that enables a compelling solution for growing IP video services. The H.264 HD Encoder core has the 
capability  to  cut  the  bandwidth  requirement  for  digital  video  delivery  in  half  when  compared  against  MPEG-2  encoders.  This  essentially  facilitates  the 
transmission of twice the number of programs in a given bandwidth. The use of this H.264 encoding technique enables the Company to provide high quality 
video  at  higher  resolutions  like  720p  &  1080i.  H.264  is  a  widely  used  format  for  transmitting  high  quality  digital  television  signals  over  IP  networks.  The 
Company started shipping the H.264 capable encoders in 2012.

2

The  H.265/HEVC  technology  is  a  video  compression  standard  that  enables  IP  and  IPTV  video  services  to  be  better  prepared  for  transmission  and 
streaming over even narrower and less robust networks as compared to both MPEG-2 and H.264 technologies. HEVC is and is expected to be primarily used by 
current  and  future  internet  based  and  private  IP  based  over-the-top  video  streaming  services.  The  Company  has  started  to  ship  HEVC  capable  encoders  and 
transcoders in early 2020.

In 2019, the Company initiated a consumer premise equipment (“CPE”) sales initiative. The products sold in 2019 comprise primarily Android-based 
IPTV set top boxes targeted to the Tier 2 and Tier 3 telecommunications and fiber optics based service providers. Total CPE product sales, including product 
accessories and replacement parts, were $4,165,000 in 2020 and $3,977,000 in 2019.

The Company’s manufacturing is located primarily in its facility in Old Bridge, New Jersey (the “Old Bridge Facility”) with a small portion of overall 
product production supported by key contract manufacturers located in Ohio, Taiwan, South Korea and the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). The Company 
currently manufactures the large majority of its digital products, including the latest NXG and other digital signal processing product models at its Old Bridge, 
New  Jersey  Facility.  Since  2007  the  Company  has  been  manufacturing  certain  high-  volume,  labor  intensive  products,  including  certain  of  the  Company’s 
analog  products,  in  the  PRC,  pursuant  to  a  manufacturing  agreement  that  governs  the  production  of  products  that  may  from  time  to  time  be  the  subject  of 
purchase orders submitted by (and in the discretion of) the Company. The Company does not currently anticipate the transfer of any additional products to the 
PRC for manufacture. Since 2019 the Company also has been manufacturing certain high-volume, labor intensive products in Taiwan and South Korea. This 
product mix represents a small percentage of the Company’s revenue but allows the Company to benefit from relatively favorable tariff policies. Since 2021, the 
Company  has  begun  outsourcing  a  small  percentage  of  product-specific  manufacturing  to  a  contract  manufacturer  in  Ohio.  Manufacturing  products  at  the 
Company’s  Old  Bridge  Facility  and  in  Ohio,  the  PRC,  Taiwan  and  South  Korea  enables  the  Company  to  realize  cost  reductions  and,  with  regard  to  Ohio, 
Taiwan and South Korea, favorable tariff treatment while maintaining a competitive position and time-to-market advantages.

The Company may, from time to time, provide manufacturing, research and development and product support services for other companies’ products. 
In 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with VBrick Systems, Inc. (“VBrick”) to provide procurement, manufacturing, warehousing and fulfillment 
support to VBrick for a line of high-end encoder products and sub-assemblies. Sales to VBrick of encoder products were approximately $145,000 and $602,000 
in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Sales to VBrick for sub-assemblies were not material in 2020 or 2019.

The Company was incorporated in November, 1988, under the laws of Delaware as GPS Acquisition Corp. for the purpose of acquiring the business of 
Blonder-Tongue Laboratories, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, which was founded in 1950 by Ben H. Tongue and Isaac S. Blonder to design, manufacture and 
supply  a  line  of  electronics  and  systems  equipment  principally  for  the  private  cable  industry.  Following  the  acquisition,  the  Company  changed  its  name  to 
Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. The Company completed the initial public offering of its shares of Common Stock in December, 1995. The address of the 
Company’s principal executive offices is One Jake Brown Road, Old Bridge, New Jersey 08857, and its telephone number at that location is (732) 679-4000.

Strategy

Telecom

The primary end locations of the Company’s products has evolved to focus on Telco COs, cable operator headends, and local content ingest locations 
for Telco, Cable and Fiber Optic based service operators. We provide a wide range of products to meet the special needs of these applications, and we serve 
many  types  of  customers,  from  large  Telco  and  Cable  companies  to  distribution  channels,  integrators  and  private  contractors.  We  sell  to  those  companies 
installing or distributing video and data delivery products including:

● Telephone and fiber optics telecommunications operators (both large and small) that design, package, install and in most cases operate, upgrade

and maintain the systems they build; Cable system operators (both large and small) that design, package, install and in most instances operate, 
upgrade and maintain the systems they build;

3

● Television broadcasters and video production facilities that create signals for redistribution and require digital encoding, transcoding, 

transmission and encryption/security technology;

● Telephone, fiber optics, and cable based telecommunications operators who deploy their services in the Lodging, Hospitality and Assisted 

Living Markets; and

● Commercial/Institutional/Enterprise system operators that operate, upgrade, and maintain the systems that are in their facilities, or contractors 

that install, upgrade and maintain these systems in a wide variety of applications.

The  key  to  proactively  responding  to  the  evolving  needs  of  the  foregoing  Telecom  environment  is  to  build  a  suite  of  product  solutions  that  are 

optimized for the operator’s existing infrastructure, as well as future strategy. Operators look for the following features when selecting technology:

● Versatility for Now, providing multiple source inputs and different output formats, including simultaneous IPTV, QAM, and NTSC analog 
television capability. OTT technology support, off-air local program ingest, locally generated content, and national broadcasts can all be 
viewed on televisions via coax, as well as on desktops and other connected devices via an IP network. This allows operators to expand the 
reach of their video without having to run additional cable throughout a facility and optimize the use of coax and/or IP infrastructures.

● Flexibility for the Future, recognizing that even if an operator is not utilizing both IPTV, QAM and NTSC analog outputs today, these 

features may be needed tomorrow. Operators seek to choose scalable technology that can keep up with advances in system architecture and 
allow them to best leverage existing data and WiFi infrastructure, without overburdening it. This includes considerations for TV Everywhere 
(bring your own content/device) as well as Ultra-HD and 4K resolution television.

● Affordability, identifying high-quality, cost-effective, innovative solutions with a strong performance-to-cost ratio, is the key to ensure that 

the service provider can offer a competitively priced package to their residential, business and enterprise customers by focusing on the features 
required and its management, including remote setup, monitoring and diagnostics through an IP interface and potentially providing a hot 
spare, hot swap or automatic failover capability.

The  functions  and  features  of  the  Blonder  Tongue  NXG  and  Clearview  product  lines  are  specifically  targeted  to  deliver  comprehensive  and  cost-

effective solutions to all the market needs described in the forgoing paragraphs.

A  key  component  of  the  Company’s  growth  strategy  is  to  leverage  its  reputation  across  a  comprehensive  product  line,  offering  one-stop-shop 
convenience to the telco, cable, fiber optic, broadcast and professional markets and deliver products having a high performance-to-cost ratio. The Company has 
historically enjoyed, and continues to enjoy, a leading position in specific portions of the Telecom market segments that it serves.

CIE

The  CIE  portion  of  the  Company’s  business  has  been  set  at  lower  priority  for  R&D  and  sales  since  March  of  2020  and  the  onset  of  the  COVID 
pandemic  due  to  the  exceptional  impacts  of  the  pandemic  on  that  market  segment.  The  ongoing  evolution  of  the  Company’s  product  lines  focuses  on  the 
increased needs created in the digital space by digital video, IPTV, HDTV and 4K signals, and the transport of these signals over state-of-the-art broadband, 
ethernet, WiFi and fiber optic networks. The Company will renew R&D and sales efforts in this market segment as the CIE markets recover in the future.

CPE 

In 2019, the Company initiated a consumer premise equipment (“CPE”) sales initiative. The products sold in 2019 comprise primarily Android-based 
IPTV set top boxes to the Tier 2 and Tier 3 cable and telecommunications service providers. This remains an important strategic initiative, designed to secure an 
in-home position with the Company’s product offerings, and direct relationships with a wide range of service providers, and increased sales of the Company’s 
Telecom and CIE products by the BT Premier Distributors to those same service providers. In its first 2 years, the CPE Product initiative achieved sales to over 
75 different telco, municipal fiber and cable operators and accounted for approximately 25% and 20% of the Company’s 2020 and 2019 revenues, respectively, 
although its contribution to net income has not had a material impact on the Company’s performance.

4

Markets Overview

For the last 40 years, the television industry has been dominated by traditional cable operators, who subsequently expanded into high-speed internet and 
telephony  services  and  are  currently  estimated  to  have  43.9  million  video  subscribers  in  the  U.S.  market.  The  penetration  of  wireless  and  direct-broadcast 
satellite (“DBS”) (such as DIRECTV® and DISH Network®) in the video market, while reduced, still has a combined subscriber count of approximately 21.8 
million. Telephone companies (i.e. Verizon and AT&T) also compete with cable operators for services on a national level, delivering video, high-speed internet 
and telephony services direct to the home or to the curb with an estimate of over 7.9 million video subscribers.

With IPTV technology comes additional market pressures and opportunities. First, there is the matter of alternative TV services riding OTT on existing 
high-speed data infrastructures, where the delivered video is not part of the service provider’s own video content or service. Examples include Web-delivered 
video such as Netflix, Hulu and Apple TV. Cable, satellite and telco service providers have been innovating to provide additional service offerings to compete 
with lower cost OTT television providers (subscribers exceeding 300 million globally). In addition, content providers such as Disney, NBC, HBO, SHOWTIME 
and CBS have deployed their own streaming services, without requiring a cable TV subscription. Streaming service subscribers are now larger in count than 
cable, DBS and telco TV subscribers. With the advent of “TV Everywhere”, where video is displayed not only on the traditional television, but also on personal 
computers  and  mobile  devices,  service  providers  are  trying  to  tackle  not  only  technological  challenges  associated  with  these  offerings,  but  also  content 
management and customer authentication. The idea that the consumer is at the center, and not the hardware or the network, is revolutionizing how video (and 
media) content is delivered.

The long-term implications of these developments are increased competition for the provision of services and a trend toward delivery of these services 
using  IP  technologies  over the open  internet and IPTV technologies over  private networks. This  continuing major market transition has  resulted in changing 
consumer  expectations,  placing  the  residential  video  delivery  networks,  business-to-business,  lodging  and  institutional  markets  under  pressure  to  install  new 
infrastructure and upgrade existing networks. Each sub market mentioned above has different network upgrade cycles, but to remain competitive the Company 
has been and must continue to increase its product offerings for digital television, IP and IPTV technologies, encoding, decoding and transcoding, and support of 
a wider range of digital media delivery applications.

Cable Television

Most cable operators, large and small, have built networks with various combinations of fiber optic and coax cable to deliver television, internet and 
telephone services on one drop cable. Cable television deployment of fiber optic trunk has been completed in effectively all existing systems. The HFC network 
architecture is employed to provide digital video, OTT, HDTV, IPTV, high speed internet, and digital telephone service. With the adoption of new technology 
developed  by  CableLabs®,  the  cable  industry  is  using  “edge”  devices,  node  splitting  and  digital  video  switching  to  increase  both  services  and  subscriber 
capacity from each existing node as well as lowering the cost to create new nodes in their deployment architectures, to accommodate IPTV offerings in both 
residential and B-B market deployments. All of these networks are potential users of our product offerings.

Assisted Living/MDU/Hospitality

Historically, in response to various privately-owned video distribution network property owners seeking additional revenue streams and their tenants 
and guests demanding increased in-room technology enabled services, telco and cable operators serving the hospitality market sought to provide more programs 
(especially  in  HD),  and  enhanced  interactivity.  Initially  installed  in  higher-end  properties  and  hospitality  properties,  HD  conversion  is  continuing  today  to 
complete all properties including older Assisted Living and Nursing Homes, Hospitals, MDUs and also now smaller hotels and motels, all of which are being 
upgraded and outfitted with enhanced technology to provide a full suite of HD programs and video streaming services.

5

More recently, the competition among telco and cable providers to the Assisted Living, MDU and Hospitality industries has shifted from a previous 
emphasis on VOD, to providing an ever-increasing number of HD programs and the capability of offering streaming OTT television services. The Company 
believes  that  the  demand  for  HD  based  headends  that  support  free-to-guest  service  and  OTT  television,  will  continue  to  grow  in  the  near  term.  The  rate  of 
growth is limited by the costs associated with replacing all televisions in a property with flat screen Pro:Idiom compatible televisions, the infrastructure required 
to support OTT television, authentication and system management issues. For several years, the Company has been providing a unique system solution to the 
largest  hotelier  worldwide  through  the  Company’s  network  of  hotelier  approved  system  integrator  and  operator  customers.  The  system  consists  of  DOCSIS 
3.0/3.1 compliant cable modem termination systems (“CMTS”) and cable modems (“CM”) and is unique in that it is the only system approved by that hotelier 
that  is able to provide a combination of the following services: linear TV, OTT,  DOCSIS-based ethernet, and WiFi  from a common mini-CATV-type HFC-
based infrastructure.

CIE-Commercial, Institutional, and/or Enterprise

The Company defines its target CIE markets to include educational campus environments, correctional facilities, sports stadiums and airport terminals. 
All  of  these  seemingly  unrelated  facilities  contain  private  video  and  data  distribution  networks  that  are  dependent  on  either  locally  generated  or  externally 
sourced  video  and/or  data  content.  As  the  advanced  technologies  of  distance  learning,  HDTV  and  IPTV  permeate  the  market,  institutional  facilities  are 
embracing these technologies to achieve site specific goals. The following are examples of the types of applications:

● PEG Town Hall Meetings, Religious broadcasts and Local Sports

● Reception Room TV- Doctors, Dentists and Corporate Offices

● Patient Education and Entertainment

● Distance Learning

● Employee Facing- Training and Company Messaging

● Hotel Lobby Events and Advertising

The Company traditionally benefited from a very strong share of this market with its Analog Video Headend and Distribution Products. We anticipate 

that we will continue to be a leader in this market with our digital video solutions and our evolving IP and IPTV platforms.

International

The  Company  has  authorized  distributors  and  sales  agents  in  various  locations  outside  the  United  States,  but  the  Company  primarily  manufactures 
products for sale in the USA and North America. Historically, international sales have not materially contributed to the Company’s revenue base. Additionally, 
in early 2020, the Company began to fulfill small quantities of DOCSIS modem orders and CMTS sales for several overseas markets. This new line of business 
by itself is not expected to have any material impact on the Company’s overall performance.

Additional Considerations

The  evolution  of  technology  with  respect  to  video,  internet  and  telephone  services  continues  at  a  rapid  pace.  Cable  TV’s  QAM  video  continues  to 
compete  with  DIRECTV®  and  EchoStar’s  DBS  service  and  cable  modems  compete  with  digital  subscriber  lines  and  fiber-to-the-home  offered  by  regional 
telephone companies. Telephone companies are building national fiber optic networks and are delivering video, internet and telephone services directly to the 
home  over  fiber  optic  cable,  and  digital  telephone  is  being  offered  by  cable  companies  and  others  in  competition  with  traditional  phone  companies.  The 
convergence of data and video communications continues, wherein computer and television systems merge. This merging of technologies is extending services 
and content delivery to mobile smart phone devices and tablet computers with over-the-air data delivery competing with cable-delivered services.

6

Larger  MSOs  have  transitioned  or  are  in  the  process  of  transitioning  to  all-digital  platforms  (and  in  most  instances  based  upon  the  MPEG-4/H.264 
codec technology). Satellite DBS television, digitally compressed programming and IP delivery require headend products, set-top decoding receivers, or digital 
terminal  adapters,  to  convert  the  transmitted  signals  back  to  analog  or  HDMI  format  so  that  they  may  be  viewed  on  television  sets.  The  split  of  analog  and 
digital offerings provided to customers varies as a function of the size of the operator and their deployment strategy. For example, the majority of private cable 
and other smaller service providers continue to deliver an analog television signal on standard channels to subscribers’ television sets using headend products at 
some distribution point in their networks or employ set-top boxes or digital terminal adapters at each television set.

Key Products

Blonder  Tongue’s  products  can  be  separated according  to  function  and  technology.  Five  key  categories  account  for  the  majority  of  the  Company’s 

revenue – NXG and other Digital Video Headend, Analog Video Headend, HFC Distribution, DOCSIS Data and CPE products:

● NXG Digital Video Headend Products were introduced by the Company in 2018 and were a culmination of the Company’s product development 

efforts of a next-generation-enterprise series of products and solutions.

NXG is a powerful, two-way, forward-looking digital video signal processing platform and series of modular add-on products that are ideal for
delivering the next generation of entertainment services for residential and enterprise applications; including IPTV format conversion and simulcast use 
cases,  education,  MDU,  healthcare,  business  parks,  institutions,  hospitality,  cruise  ships,  and  professional  sports  venues.  The  goals  of  NXG  are  to 
addresses  the  service  provider  challenges  of  (a)  migrating  from  traditional  CATV  transmission,  such  as  fiber  and  coaxial  cable,  to  fully  IP-based 
transmission  and  delivery,  and  (b)  migrating  from  traditional  content  protection,  such  as  Commscope/Arris  DigiCipher®,  Cisco  PowerKEY®, 
Verimatrix® CAS, and LG Pro:Idiom®, to IP-based digital rights management (“IP-DRM”) - content protection systems of the future, such as Adobe 
DRM®, Verimatrix-M®, Widevine®, PlayReady®, and IP Pro:Idiom®. In order to accomplish those goals, NXG was designed to be an anything-in to 
anything-out solution. Based on key customer guidance and the Company’s research and development effort, NXG is a 100% fully modular, passive-
back-plane-based product that enables the service providers to (a) easily and seamlessly accomplish the migration described in the forgoing, and (b) 
cost effectively and seamlessly address what may become any future, unforeseen, prospective transmission, and content protection migrations. Unlike 
many competing products, in NXG, all “active” electronic components reside in their respective modules. There are no active components in either the 
rack-chassis or backplane which brings the benefits of ultra-high reliability, flexibility and future adaptability to as yet unknown use-cases. In addition, 
the  Company’s  plan  is  for  the  functionality  of  all  of  the  standalone  key  signal  processing  products  described  in  both  the  foregoing  and  following 
paragraphs  are  to  be,  over  time,  migrated  and  subsumed  as  modular  optional  features  supported  by  the  NXG  product  line.  The  Company’s  NXG 
Products accounted for approximately 4% and 5% of the Company’s revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively, with an overall decrease of $208,000 
year-over-year, with the decrease due primarily to the effects of the COVID pandemic since Q2 2020.

● Digital Video Headend Products are used by a system operator for acquisition, processing, compression, encoding and management of digital
video.  The  headend  is  the  center  of  a  digital  television  system.  It  is  the  central  location  where  multiple  programs  are  received  and,  through
additional  processing,  allocated  to  specific  channels  for  digital  distribution.  Blonder  Tongue  continues  to  expand  its  Digital  Video  Headend
Product offerings to meet the evolving needs of its customers, which is expected to continue for years to come. We offer a broad line of 4K/UHD,
HD and SD, MPEG-2, MPEG-4/H.264, and HEVC/H.265 capable encoders and transcoders optimized for Telecom customers and environments.
One  example  is  a  line  of  enhanced  encoders  optimized  for  the  extreme  demands  of  broadcasting  live  sports,  another  is  a  cost-effective
MPEG-2/H.264 encoder for IP support of PEG channels tailored to receive and groom regional content and deliver it across the open internet to
centralized locations for ingest into OTT / CDN and other distribution systems . Yet another is a new highly cost-effective bulk IP to IP Transcoder
that supports 24 channels of format and rate conversion in a single Rack Unit (1RU) size and corrects digital television compatibility issues. IP
interfaces  have  been  added  to  a  wide  range  of  products  to  help  in  the  migration  to  IPTV.  One  such  example  is  the  AQT8-B,  a  multichannel
8VSB/QAM-IP transmodulator that receives up to 64 programs of off-air broadcast signals over 8 different frequencies and transmodulates them
for  output  on  both  coax  and  IP  distribution  networks.  Other  lines  of  digital  products provided  by  Blonder  Tongue  and  Drake  include  our  Edge
QAM devices, Satellite Quadrature Phase Shift Key (“QPSK”) and Eight Phase Shift Key (“8PSK”) to QAM transmodulators.

Encoders accept various input sources (analog and/or digital) and output digitally encoded 4K, UHD, HD or SD video in various output formats

such as Asynchronous Serial Interface (“ASI”), IP or QAM. ASI is a streaming data format which carries the MPEG-2 Transport Stream. The IP output 
format  allows  operators  to  stream  video  over  private  data  networks  with  greater  reliability  and  content  security.  The  QAM  outputs  can  be  used  for 
digital  video  distribution  over  typical  private  coax  and  HFC  networks  to  serve  a  variety  of  Telecom  environments  (i.e.  CO’s,  headends,  stadiums, 
broadcast and cable television studios, hospitals, university campuses, etc.). As a complement to this encoder line, Blonder Tongue also provides digital 
QAM multiplexers which take multiple inputs (ASI or 8VSB/QAM) and delivers a single multiplexed QAM output, thereby optimizing the HD channel 
lineup by preserving bandwidth. The Company’s QAM output MPEG-2 encoders have a low latency feature and superior motion optimization for fast-
paced  sporting  events,  which  is  ideal  for  live  sporting  events  within  a  stadium  or  arena.  The  Company’s  new  Clearview  transcoder  product  line 
supports  high density highly  cost-effective bulk  re-encoding  functions to support a  wide range of  service operator use-cases  such as creating digital 
television universal reception of signals, professional Dolby® audio encoding and format conversions, or conversion of broadcast to IPTV expected 
video formats.

7

ATSC/QAM-IP transmodulator series of products (“AQT8”) allow the user to create a customized line up from off-air and/or cable feeds for coax 
IP distribution. The customizable IP output contains multiple programs with a combination of single and multiple transport streams, from multiple RF 
input sources. The unique MPEG-2 transport systems information tables associated with each of the selected input programs are transferred to the IP 
outputs.  This  means  the  virtual  channel  numbers  and  program  names  on  the  IP  outputs  can  be  the  same  as  their  RF  program  input  sources.  The 
Company’s AQT8 products enable the user to modify the metadata, including PSIP parameters, such as the Program ID, Program #, Short Name, Major 
Ch.,  and  Minor  Ch.  Information,  to  provide  a  customized  IP  program  delivery  solution.  The  AQT8-IP  features  Emergency  Alert  System  (“EAS”) 
program switching through either an ASI or IP format EAS input and terminal block contacts for triggering.

EdgeQAM  devices  accept  Ethernet  input  and  capture  MPEG  over  IP  transport  streams,  decrypt  service  provider  conditional  access  or  content 
protection, and insert proprietary conditional access, such as Pro:Idiom, into the stream. These streams are then combined and modulated on to QAM 
RF carriers, in most cases providing multiple streams on to one 6MHz digital channel. Inputs to EdgeQAM devices can come from satellite receivers, 
set-top boxes, network devices or video servers. The use of these devices adds flexibility for the service provider, in part, because all of this routing 
happens  in  one  device.  Scaling  is  accomplished  via  software  and  modules  embedded  inside  the  hardware.  Since  it  is  a  true  network  device,  the 
EdgeQAM can be managed over a traditional Ethernet network or over the Internet.

The QPSK and 8PSK to QAM transcoders (QTM Series) are used for economically deploying or adding a satellite-based tier of digital or HDTV 
digital programming. The units transcode a satellite signal’s modulation from QPSK to QAM or from 8PSK modulation format to QAM format. Since 
QPSK and 8PSK are optimum for satellite transmission and QAM is optimum for fiber/coax distribution, precious system bandwidth is saved while the 
signal retains its digital information.

Digital  Video  Headend  Product  use  continues  to  expand  in  all  of  the  Company’s  primary  markets,  bringing  more  advanced  technology  to 
consumers and operators. It is expected that this area will continue to be a major component of the Company’s business. The Company’s Digital Video 
Headend Products accounted for approximately 22% and 34% of the Company’s revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively, with an overall decrease of 
$3,107,000 year-over-year.

● Transcoder Products convert video files from one codec compression format to another to allow the video to be viewed across different platforms
and  devices.  The  Company’s  Transcoder  Products  accounted  for  approximately  9%  and  zero  of  the  Company’s  revenues  in  2020  and  2019,
respectively, with an overall increase of $1,472,000 year-over-year.

8

● Analog Video Headend Products are used by a system operator for signal acquisition, processing and manipulation to create an analog channel
lineup for further transmission. Among the products offered by the Company in this category are prefabricated headends to accommodate legacy
analog TV systems, modulators, demodulators, and processors. The Company’s Analog Video Headend Products accounted for approximately 8%
of the Company’s revenues in both 2020 and 2019, with an overall decrease of $300,000 year-over-year.

● HFC Distribution Products are used to transport signals from the headend to their ultimate destination in a home, apartment unit, hotel room,
office  or  other  terminal  location  along  a  fiber  optic,  coax  or  HFC  distribution  network.  Among  the  products  offered  by  the  Company  in  this
category are broadband amplifiers, directional taps, splitters and wall outlets for coax distribution and fiber optic transmitters, receivers (nodes),
and couplers. In cable television systems, the HFC distribution products are either mounted on exterior utility poles or encased in pedestals, vaults
or  other  security  devices.  In  CIE  systems  the  distribution  system  is  typically  enclosed  within  the  walls  of  the  building  (if  a  single  structure)  or
added  to  an  existing  structure  using  various  techniques  to  hide  the  coax  cable  and  devices.  The  non-passive  devices  within  this  category  are
designed to ensure that the signal distributed from the headend is of sufficient strength when it arrives at its final destination to provide high quality
audio/video images. The Company’s HFC Distribution Products accounted for approximately 13% of the Company’s revenues in both 2020 and
2019, respectively, with an overall decrease of $376,000 year-over-year.

● DOCSIS  Data  Products  give  service  providers,  integrators,  and  premise  owners  a  means  to  deliver  data,  video,  and  voice-over-coaxial  in
locations such  as hospitality,  MDU’s, and  college campuses  using IP  technology. Among  the products offered  by  the Company are  CMTS and
CM. The  Company’s  DOCSIS  Data  Products  accounted  for  approximately  14%  and  14%  of  the  Company’s  revenues  in  2020  and  2019,
respectively, with an overall decrease of $590,000 year-over-year.

● CPE Products are comprised mainly of Android-based IPTV set top boxes sold to the Tier 2 and Tier 3 cable and telecommunications service
providers for use in mainstream residential services to consumer households. The Company began selling CPE Products in 2019. The Company’s
CPE  Product  initiative  achieved sales  to over 45  different  telco,  municipal  fiber  and cable operators  and  accounted for approximately 25% and
20% of the Company’s revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively, with an overall increase of $188,000 year-over-year.

● Other Products. There are a variety of other products that the Company sells to a lesser degree, either to fill a customer need or where sales have
reduced due to changes in Company direction, technology, or market influences. Sales of products in these categories contributed less significantly
to the Company’s revenues in 2020 and 2019 and are expected to remain this way for 2021. These products include:

Test instruments, for measuring both digital and analog CATV and Broadcast TV signals, as well as capture, analyze and/ or generate MPEG 
ASI transport streams.

Contract Manufacturing Services, providing manufacturing, research and development and product support services for other companies’ 
products.

Reception products for receiving off-air broadcast television and satellite transmissions prior to headend processing.

Technical Services, including hands-on training, system design engineering, on-site field support and complete system verification testing.

Miscellaneous products and services, filling customers’ needs for satellite distribution, repair, and parts.

The Company will modify its products to meet specific customer requirements. Typically, these modifications are minor and do not materially alter 

either the product functionality or the ability to sell such altered products to other customers.

9

Research and Product Development

The  markets  served  by  Blonder  Tongue  are  characterized  by  technological  change,  new  product  introductions,  and  evolving  industry  standards.  To 
compete effectively in this environment, the Company must engage in ongoing research and development in order to (i) create new products, (ii) expand features 
of existing products to accommodate customer demand for greater capability, (iii) license new technologies, (iv) acquire products incorporating technology that 
could not otherwise be developed quickly enough using internal resources and (v) acquire complementary products incorporating technology from third parties 
allowing  internal  resources  to  focus  on  higher-value  strategic  areas  of  research  and  development.  Research  and  development  projects  are  often  initially 
undertaken at the request of or in an effort to address the particular needs of the Company’s customers and customer prospects, with the expectation or promise 
of substantial future orders. Projects may also result from new technologies that become available, or new market applications of existing technology. In the new 
product  development  process,  the  vast  experience  of  the  Company’s  engineering  group  is  leveraged  to  ensure  the  highest  level  of  suitability  and  widest 
acceptance  in  the  marketplace.  Products  tend  to  be  developed  in  a  functional  building  block  approach  that  allows  for  different  combinations  of  blocks  to 
generate new relevant products. Additional research and development efforts are also continuously underway for the purpose of enhancing product quality and 
lowering production costs. This building block philosophy of research and development has recently been expanded upon since fourth quarter 2018 with several 
new hardware designs each yielding 3, 4 or even 5 different product models based on a single common design yielding the Company improved engineering cost 
efficiencies.  For  the  acquisition  of  new  technologies,  the  Company  may  rely  upon  technology  licenses  from  third  parties  or  customized  derivative  product 
development.  The  Company  will  also  license  technology  if  it  can  obtain  technology  more  quickly,  or  more  cost-effectively  from  third  parties  than  it  could 
otherwise develop on its own, or if the desired technology is proprietary to a third party. There were 16 employees involved in the technical product definition, 
technology systems architecture and research and development departments of the Company at December 31, 2020, distributed among the Company’s operating 
locations.

Marketing and Sales

Blonder Tongue markets and sells its products for use in a wide range of IPTV and other Telecom and CIE markets, including with municipal fiber 
optic operators, traditional cable television, telco, MDU, lodging/hospitality, and institutional settings (schools, hospitals and prisons). The Company also sells 
into a multitude of niche CIE markets such as sports arenas and the cruise ship industry. Sales are made directly to customers by the Company’s internal sales 
force, as well as through Blonder Tongue Premier Distributors. The Company instituted its Premier Distributor Program in 2007, through which a limited group 
of  larger  distributors  who  stock  a  significant  amount  of  the  Company’s  products  in  their  inventory  are  given  access  to  a  special  purchase incentive  program 
allowing them to achieve volume price concessions measured on a year-to-year basis. Sales to the Company’s Premier Distributors accounted for approximately 
29% and 35% of the Company’s revenues for 2020 and 2019, respectively. These Premier Distributors serve multiple markets. Direct sales to telco operators, 
municipal fiber operators, cable operators and system integrators accounted for approximately 30% and 38% of the Company’s revenues for 2020 and 2019, 
respectively.

The Company’s sales and marketing function  is  performed by its internal sales and  marketing associates  working in partnership and conjunction its 
Premier Distributors, as well as its smaller company integrator and distributor network. Should it be deemed necessary, the Company may retain independent 
sales representatives in particular geographic areas or targeted to specific customer prospects or target market opportunities. Sales and marketing make up 13% 
of  the  Company’s  overall  workforce,  divided  into  central  and  regional  coverage  in  Old  Bridge,  NJ,  Patton,  PA,  Seminole,  FL  (Tampa  area),  Valparaiso,  IN 
(Chicago area), and Johns Creek, GA (Atlanta area).

The Company’s standard customer payment terms are net 30 days. From time to time, when circumstances warrant, such as a commitment to a large 

blanket purchase order, the Company will selectively extend payment terms beyond its standard payment terms to 60 days.

The Company has several marketing programs to support the sale and distribution of its products. Blonder Tongue participates in industry trade shows 
and conferences and also maintains a robust website and direct on-line sales portal. The Company publishes technical articles in trade and technical journals, 
distributes sales  and  product  literature and has an active public relations plan  to ensure complete coverage  of Blonder Tongue’s products  and  technology by 
editors of trade journals. The Company provides system design engineering services for its customers, maintains extensive ongoing communications with many 
original  equipment  manufacturer  customers  and  provides  one-on-one  demonstrations  and  technical  seminars  to  potential  new  customers.  Blonder  Tongue 
supplies  sales  and  applications  support,  product  literature  and  training  to  its  sales  representatives  and  distributors.  Before  the  current  COVID  pandemic,  the 
management of the Company traveled extensively, identifying customer needs and meeting potential customers and is anticipating resuming that level of travel 
when changes occur in U.S. CDC guidelines.

10

Customers

Blonder  Tongue  has  a  diverse  customer  base,  which  in  2020  consisted  of  approximately  148  active  accounts.  Approximately  37%  and  49%  of  the 
Company’s revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively, were derived from sales of products to the Company’s five largest customers. No customers accounting for 
10% or more of the Company’s revenues in 2020. World Cinema, Inc., Blue Stream Communications, LLC and Toner Cable Equipment, Inc. accounted for 
approximately 12%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues in 2019. None of these customers are obligated to purchase a material amount of 
products or to provide the Company with a material level of binding forecasts of product purchases for any future period. There can be no assurance that sales to 
these entities, individually or as a group, will reach or exceed historical levels in any future period; however, the Company currently anticipates that Toner Cable 
Equipment, Inc. and World Cinema, Inc. will continue to account for a significant portion of the Company’s revenues in future periods. See disclosure below in 
“Risk  Factors  –  Any  substantial  decrease  in  sales  to  our  largest  customers  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition”  for  further 
details.

Since 2010, the Company has held multi-year contracts with key distributors in its Premier Distributor Program. This program, which began in 2007, 
has been successful for the Company. Many of the Company’s smaller business customers, with whom the Company had formerly dealt on a direct basis, now 
purchase the Company’s products from the BT Premier Distributors.

In  the  Company’s  direct  sales  to  system  integrators,  the  complement  of  leading  customers  tends  to  vary  over  time  as  the  most  efficient  and  better 
financed integrators grow more rapidly than others. Any substantial decrease or delay in sales to one or more of the Company’s leading customers, the financial 
failure of any of these entities, or the Company’s inability to develop and maintain solid relationships with the integrators that may replace the present leading 
customers, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s revenues are derived primarily from customers in the continental United States; however, the Company also derives some revenues 
from customers in other geographical markets, primarily Canada and to a much more limited extent, in developing countries. Sales to customers outside of the 
United  States  represented  approximately  3%  and  5%  of  the  Company’s  revenues  in  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  All  of  the  Company’s  transactions  with 
customers  located  outside  of  the  United  States  have  historically  been  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars.  As  such,  the  Company  has  had  no  foreign  currency 
transactions from which it derives revenues. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies have certain inherent risks associated with them due to currency 
fluctuations. See “Risk Factors” below for more detail on the risks associated with foreign currency transactions.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

Blonder Tongue’s primary manufacturing operations are presently located at the Old Bridge Facility, which also serves as the Company’s headquarters. 
The Company has developed, implemented and maintains a Quality Management System, that has been certified as conforming to all requirements of the ISO 
9001:2015 international standard. The Company’s manufacturing operations are vertically integrated and consist principally of the programming, assembly, and 
testing of electronic assemblies built from fabricated parts, printed circuit boards and electronic devices and the fabrication from raw sheet metal, of chassis and 
cabinets  for  such  assemblies.  Management  continues  to  implement  improvements  to  the  manufacturing  process  to  increase  production  volume  and  reduce 
product cost, including logistics modifications on the factory floor to accommodate increasingly fine pitch surface mount electronic components. The Company 
is capable of manufacturing assemblies of 16-layer printed circuit boards with thousands of components, including placement of 0.030x0.030mil ball grid arrays 
and 0201 packaged sized components, utilizing its advanced state-of-the-art automatic placement equipment as well as automated optical inspection and testing 
systems.  Investments  by  the  Company  in  these  advanced  manufacturing  technologies  is  consistent  with  and  part  of  the  Company’s  strategy  to  provide  its 
customers with high performance-to-cost ratio products. The Company also maintains engineering facilities in Springboro, Ohio and in Ft. Wayne, Indiana.

11

Since 2007, the Company has been manufacturing certain high volume, labor intensive products, including a portion of the Company’s analog products 
overseas  in  the  PRC,  and  since  2019  in  Korea  and  Taiwan.  A  key  contract  manufacturer  in  the  PRC  produces  a  portion  of  these  products  (all  of  which  are 
proprietary Blonder Tongue designs) as may be requested by the Company from time to time (in the Company’s discretion) through the submission of purchase 
orders,  the  terms  of  which  are  governed  by  a  manufacturing  agreement.  Although  the  Company  does  not  currently  anticipate  the  transfer  of  any  additional 
products to overseas companies for manufacture, the Company may do so if business and market conditions make it advantageous to do so. In connection with 
the Company’s initiatives in Korea, Taiwan and the PRC, the Company may have limited foreign currency transactions and may be subject to limited various 
currency exchange control programs related to its overseas operations.

Outside  contractors  supply  standard  components,  printed  circuit  boards  and  electronic  subassemblies  to  the  Company’s  specifications.  While  the 
Company  generally  purchases  electronic  parts  that  do  not  have  a  unique  source,  certain  electronic  component  parts  used  within  the  Company’s  products  are 
available from a limited number of suppliers and may be subject to temporary shortages because of general economic conditions and the demand and supply for 
such component parts. If the Company were to experience a temporary shortage of any given electronic part, the Company believes that alternative parts could 
be  obtained,  or  system  design  changes  implemented.  In  such  situations,  however,  the  Company  may  experience  temporary  reductions  in  its  ability  to  ship 
products affected by the component shortage. On an as-needed basis, the Company purchases several products from sole suppliers for which alternative sources 
are  not  available.  An  inability  to  timely  obtain  sufficient  quantities  of  certain  of  these  components  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s 
operating results. The Company does not have an agreement with any sole source supplier requiring the supplier to sell a specified volume of components to the 
Company. See “Risk Factors” below for more detail on the risk associated with sole supplier products.

Blonder  Tongue  maintains  a  quality  assurance  program  which  monitors  and  controls  manufacturing  processes,  and  extensively  tests  samples 
throughout  the  process.  Samples  of  component  parts  purchased  are  tested,  as  well  as  its  finished  products,  on  an  ongoing  basis.  The  Company  also  tests 
component  and  sub-assemblies  throughout  the  manufacturing  process  using  commercially  available  and  in-house  built  testing  systems  that  incorporate 
proprietary procedures. The highest level of quality assurance is maintained throughout all aspects of the design and manufacturing process. The extensive in-
house calibration program assures test equipment integrity, correlation and calibration. This program ensures that all test and measurement equipment that is 
used  in  the  manufacturing  process  is  calibrated  to  the  same  in-house  reference  standard  on  a  consistent  basis.  When  all  test  and  measurement  devices  are 
calibrated  in  this  manner,  discrepancies  are  eliminated  between  the  engineering,  manufacturing  and  quality  control  departments,  thus  increasing  operational 
efficiency and ensuring a high level of product quality. Blonder Tongue performs final product tests prior to shipment to customers. In 2008, the Company was 
certified to perform Underwriters Laboratories (UL) witness testing of products to UL International Standard 60950.

Competition

All aspects of the Company’s business are highly competitive. The Company competes with international, national, regional and local manufacturers 
and distributors, including companies larger than Blonder Tongue that have substantially greater resources. A small subset of manufacturers who are suppliers to 
the  Company  sell  directly  as  well  as  through  distributors  into  the  franchise  and  private  cable  marketplaces.  Because  of  the  convergence  of  the  cable, 
telecommunications  and  computer  industries  and  rapid  technological  developments,  new  competitors  may  seek  to  enter  the  principal  markets  served  by  the 
Company. Many of these potential competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and other resources than Blonder 
Tongue. The Company expects that direct and indirect competition may increase in the future. Additional competition could result in price reductions, loss of 
market share and delays in the timing of customer orders. The principal methods of competition are product differentiation, product reputation, performance, 
quality,  price,  terms,  service,  technical  support  and  administrative  support.  The  Company  believes  it  is  a  leader  in  many  of  the  markets  that  it  serves  and 
differentiates itself from competitors by consistently offering innovative products, providing excellent technical service support and delivering extremely high 
reliability products and high performance-to-cost ratio products.

12

Intellectual Property

The  Company  currently  holds  several  United  States  and  foreign  patents,  including  certain  technologies  within  the  NXG  platform  and  certain 
technologies within its DOCSIS data products. No other patents are considered material to the Company’s present operations, since they do not relate to high 
volume applications. Because of the rapidly evolving nature of the cable television industry, the Company believes that its market position as a supplier to the 
telco industry and cable television integrators derives primarily from its ability to timely develop a consistent stream of new products that are designed to meet 
its customers’ needs and that have a high performance-to-cost ratio.

The Company owns a United States trademark registration for the word mark “Blonder Tongue®” and also on a “BT®” logo. Drake owns a United 

States trademark registration for the word mark “DRAKE®”.

Since  2008,  the  Company  has  obtained  and  renewed  licenses  for  a  variety  of  technologies  in  concert  with  its  digital  encoder  line  of  products.  The 
licenses are from a number of companies including LG Electronics (expires December 2021). These standard licenses are all non-exclusive and require payment 
of  royalties  based  upon  the  unit  sales  of  the  licensed  products.  With  regard  to  the  licenses  expiring  in  2021,  the  Company  expects  to  renew  these  standard 
licenses on similar terms to those presently in force. For additional information regarding these licenses, see “Introduction” starting on page 1.

The Company relies on a combination of patents, contractual rights and trade secret laws to protect its proprietary technologies and know-how. There 
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to protect its technologies and know-how or that third parties will not be able to develop similar technologies 
and know-how independently. Therefore, existing and potential competitors may be able to develop products that are competitive with the Company’s products 
and such competition could adversely affect the prices for the Company’s products or the Company’s market share. The Company also believes that factors such 
as  the  technological  and  creative  skills  of  its  personnel,  new  product  developments,  frequent  product  enhancements,  name  recognition  and  reliable  product 
maintenance  are  essential  to  establishing  and  maintaining  its  competitive  position.  The  industries  in  which  the  Company  competes  are  subject  to  constant 
development  of  new  technologies  and  evolution  of  existing  technologies,  many  of  which  are  the  subject  of  existing  third-party  patents  and  new  patents  are 
issued frequently.

Regulation

Private cable, while in some cases subject to certain Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) licensing requirements, is not presently burdened 
with  extensive  government  regulations.  The Telecommunications  Act  of  1996  deregulated  many  aspects  of  franchise  cable  system  operation  and  opened  the 
door to competition among cable operators and telephone companies in each of their respective industries.

Environmental Regulations

The Company is subject to a variety of Federal, state and local governmental regulations related to the storage, use, discharge and disposal of toxic, 
volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals used in its manufacturing processes. The Company did not incur in 2020 and does not anticipate incurring in 2021, 
material capital expenditures for compliance with Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. There can be no assurance, however, that changes 
in environmental regulations will not result in the need for additional capital expenditures or otherwise impose additional financial burdens on the Company. 
Further, such regulations could restrict the Company’s ability to expand its operations. Any failure by the Company to obtain required permits for, control the 
use  of, or adequately  restrict the  discharge  of,  hazardous substances under present or  future regulations could  subject  the Company to substantial  liability  or 
could cause its manufacturing operations to be suspended.

The Company has authorization to discharge wastewater under the New Jersey Pollution Discharge Elimination System/Discharge to Surface Waters 
General Industrial Stormwater Permit, Permit No. NJ0088315. This permit will expire May 31, 2021 and is automatically renewed upon payment of the annual 
fee. The Company intends to renew this permit.

Employees

As  of  February  28,  2021,  the  Company  employed  approximately  85  people,  including  47  in  manufacturing,  14  in  research  and  development,  3  in 
quality  assurance,  12  in  sales  and  marketing,  and  9  in  a  general  and  administrative  capacity.  Substantially  all  of  these  employees  are  full  time  employees. 
Twenty-three  of  the  Company’s  employees  are  members  of  the  International  Brotherhood  of  Electrical  Workers  Union,  Local  2066,  which  has  a  labor 
agreement with the Company that is scheduled to expire in February 2023.

13

ITEM 1A RISK FACTORS

The  Company’s  business  operates  in  a  rapidly  changing  technology  and  economic  environment  that  involves  numerous  risks,  some  of  which  are 
beyond the Company’s control. The following “Risk Factors” highlight some of these risks. Additional risks not currently known to the Company or that the 
Company now deems immaterial may also affect the Company and the value of its Common Stock. The risks described below, together with all of the other 
information included in this report, should be carefully considered in evaluating our business and prospects. The occurrence of any of the following risks could 
harm the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Commercial Risks

Any substantial decrease in sales to our largest customers may adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Approximately  37%  and  49%  of  our  revenues  in  2020  and  2019,  respectively,  were  derived  from  sales  of  products  to  the  Company’s  five  largest 
customers.  None  of  these  customers  are  obligated  to  purchase  a  material  amount  of  products  or  to  provide  the  Company  with  a  material  level  of  binding 
forecasts of product purchases for any future period. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that sales to these entities, individually or as a group, will reach or 
exceed  historical  levels  in  any  future  period.  In  addition,  while  the  COVID-19  outbreak  is  affecting  the  operations  of  our  customers  and  our  sales  to  them, 
uncertainty as to the effects on the economy generally and our customers in particular makes it impossible for us to predict the short term and long term effects 
the COVID-19 outbreak and related developments will have on our customers and their ongoing businesses and how those effects may impact our sales to them.

With respect to our direct sales to system integrators, the complement of leading customers tends to vary over time as the most efficient and better-

financed integrators grow more rapidly than others. Our success with those customers will depend in part on:

● the viability of those customers;

● our ability to identify those customers with the greatest growth and growth prospects; and

● our ability to maintain our position in the overall marketplace by shifting our emphasis to such customers.

In addition, three of our customers accounted for approximately 38% and 47% of our outstanding trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2020 and 
2019, respectively. Any substantial decrease or delay in sales to one or more of our leading customers, the financial failure of any of these entities, their inability 
to pay their trade accounts owing to us, or our inability to develop solid relationships with integrators that may replace the present leading customers, could have 
a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If the negative effects of the COVID-19 outbreak and related developments lead to 
financial difficulties or even the failure of one or more of our significant customers, or a combination of our smaller customers, our ability to collect payment in 
full and on a timely basis, or at all, may be adversely affected, and our working capital resources may be significantly diminished.

An inability to develop, or acquire the rights to technology, products or applications in response to changes in industry standards or customer needs 
may reduce our sales and profitability.

Both the private cable and franchised cable industries are characterized by the continuing advancement of technology, evolving industry standards and 
changing  customer  needs.  To  be  successful,  we  must  anticipate  the  evolution  of  industry  standards  and  changes  in  customer  needs,  through  the  timely 
development and introduction of new products, enhancement of existing products and licensing of new technology from third parties. This is particularly true at 
this time as the Company must develop and market new digital products to offset the continuing decline in demand for, and therefore sales of, analog products. 
Although we depend primarily on our own research and development efforts to develop new products and enhancements to our existing products, we have and 
may continue to seek licenses for new technology from third parties when we believe that we can obtain such technology more quickly and/or cost-effectively 
from such third parties than we could otherwise develop on our own, or when the desired technology has already been patented by a third party. There can, 
however, be no assurance that new technology or such licenses will be available on terms acceptable to us. There can be no assurance that:

● we will be able to anticipate the evolution of industry standards in the telecommunications, cable television or the communications industry 

generally;

● we will be able to anticipate changes in the market and customer needs;

● technologies and applications under development by us will be successfully developed; or

● successfully developed technologies and applications will achieve market acceptance.

14

If we are unable for technological or other reasons to develop and introduce products and applications or to obtain licenses for new technologies from 
third parties in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, our results of operations and financial condition could be 
materially adversely affected.

Anticipated increases in direct and indirect competition with us may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

All  aspects  of  our  business  are  highly  competitive.  We  compete  with  international,  national,  regional  and  local  manufacturers  and  distributors, 
including companies larger than us, which have substantially greater resources. Various manufacturers who are suppliers to us sell directly as well as through 
distributors into the cable television marketplace. Because of the convergence of the cable, telecommunications and computer industries and rapid technological 
development, new competitors may seek to enter the principal markets served by us. Many of these potential competitors have significantly greater financial, 
technical,  manufacturing,  marketing,  sales  and  other  resources  than  we  have.  We  expect  that  direct  and  indirect  competition  will  increase  in  the  future. 
Additional competition could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition through:

● price reductions;

● loss of market share;

● delays in the timing of customer orders; and

● an inability to increase our penetration into the cable television market.

Our sales and profitability may suffer due to any substantial decrease or delay in capital spending by the telecommunications and cable infrastructure 
operators that we serve, as well as in the MDU, assisted living, lodging and institutional cable markets.

The vast majority of our revenues in 2020 and 2019 came from sales of our products for use by cable infrastructure operators. Demand for our products 
depends to a large extent upon capital spending by telcos, cable operators and other entities on private cable systems and specifically by private cable operators 
for constructing, rebuilding, maintaining or upgrading their systems. Capital spending by private cable operators and, therefore, our sales and profitability, are 
dependent on a variety of factors, including:

● access by private cable operators to financing for capital expenditures;

● demand for their cable services;

● availability of alternative video delivery technologies; and

● general economic conditions.

In addition, our sales and profitability may in the future be more dependent on capital spending by traditional franchise cable system operators as well 
as  by  new  entrants  to  this  market  planning  to  over-build  existing  cable  system  infrastructures,  or  constructing,  rebuilding,  maintaining  and  upgrading  their 
systems.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  system  operators  in  private  cable  or  franchise  cable  will  continue  capital  spending  for  constructing,  rebuilding, 
maintaining,  or  upgrading  their  systems.  Any  substantial  decrease  or  delay  in  capital  spending  by  private  cable  or  franchise  cable  operators  would  have  a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Competitors may develop products that are similar to, and compete with, our products due to our limited proprietary protection.

We possess limited patent or registered intellectual property rights with respect to the majority of our technology. We rely on a combination of patents, 
contractual  rights  and  trade  secret  laws  to  protect  our  proprietary  technology  and  know-how.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  protect  our 
technology and know-how or that third parties will not be able to develop similar technology independently. Therefore, existing and potential competitors may 
be able to develop similar products which compete with our products. Such competition could adversely affect the prices for our products or our market share 
and could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations and financial condition.

15

Patent infringement claims against us or our customers, whether or not successful, may cause us to incur significant costs.

While we do not believe that our products (including products and technologies licensed from others) infringe valid intellectual property rights of any 
third  parties,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  infringement  or  invalidity  claims  (or  claims  for  indemnification  resulting  from  infringement  claims)  will  not  be 
asserted against us or our customers. Damages for infringement of valid intellectual property rights of third parties could be substantial, and if determined to be 
willful, can be trebled. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operation. Regardless of the 
validity or  the successful assertion  of any such  claims, we could  incur significant costs and diversion  of resources with respect to the defense thereof which 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  If  we  are  unsuccessful  in  defending  any  claims  or  actions  that  are 
asserted against us or our customers, we could seek to obtain a license under a third party’s intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance, however, that 
under such circumstances, a license would be available under reasonable terms or at all. The failure to obtain a license to a third party’s intellectual property 
rights on commercially reasonable terms could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Financial Risks

Our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included herein contain a “going concern” explanatory 
paragraph, expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  we experienced  a  decline  in  net  sales,  a  loss  from  operations  and  a  substantial  increase  in  cash  used  in 
operating activities, which was funded in large part from the proceeds we received from our PPP loan and the proceeds from the Subordinated Loan Facility. 
Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our becoming profitable in the future and having access to sufficient capital to execute our business 
plan and to meet our payment obligations on our debt financing arrangements and other financial obligations when they become due. We recently have been 
successful  in  obtaining  additional  capital  through  our  Subordinated  Loan  Facility  and  the  issuance  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  a  private  placement. 
Although we believe that improvements in our sales and efforts to reduce expenses will increase the possibility that we will become profitable, and we have 
recently obtained the additional Subordinated Loan Facility and equity financing, we cannot provide any assurances that we will be successful in improving our 
performance, that the additional financing will be sufficient or that we will be successful in securing additional financing on reasonable terms, or at all. These 
factors, and possibly others, raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. Our audited consolidated financial statements do not 
include any adjustments that might result if we are unable to continue as a going concern. As a result, you should not rely on our consolidated balance sheet as 
an indication of the amount of proceeds that would be available to satisfy claims of creditors and potentially be available for distribution to stockholders in the 
event of liquidation.

We have incurred indebtedness under the CARES Act that may not be forgivable, may be subject to audit and may eventually have to be repaid. Any 
obligation to repay this indebtedness will limit the funds available to us to operate our business or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition 
and results of operations.

On April 10, 2020, we received loan proceeds of funds of approximately $1,769,000 (“PPP Loan”) under the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), 
which was established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), as amended by the Paycheck Protection Program 
Flexibility Act of 2020 (the “Flexibility Act”). The PPP program is administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “SBA”). Under the terms of 
the CARES Act, as amended by the Flexibility Act, the PPP Loan and accrued interest and fees may be forgiven following a period of twenty-four weeks after 
PPP Loan proceeds are received if they are used for qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities and the 
borrower meets certain additional conditions. The amount of the PPP Loan eligible to be forgiven may be reduced in certain circumstances, including as a result 
of certain headcount or salary reductions.

While we currently believe that our use of the PPP Loan proceeds will meet the conditions for forgiveness of the PPP Loan and we currently plan to 
apply for forgiveness of the PPP Loan during April 2021, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be eligible for loan forgiveness or that any amount of the 
PPP Loan will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA. If our application for forgiveness is not approved, in whole or in part, the unforgiven portion of PPP Loan 
would be payable over a two year period at an interest rate of 1.00%, with a deferral of payments of principal, interest and fees until the date on which the SBA 
conveys the loan forgiveness amount to our lender (or notifies our lender that no loan forgiveness will be permitted). If all or a material portion of the PPP Loan 
is not forgiven or it is subsequently determined that the PPP Loan must be repaid, we may be required to use a substantial portion of our available cash and/or 
cash  flows  from  operations  to  pay  interest  and  principal  on  the  PPP  Loan,  which  will  limit  the  funds  available  to  us  to  operate  our  business  or  otherwise 
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

16

The U.S. Department of the Treasury has announced that it will conduct audits for PPP loans that exceed $2,000. Should we be audited or reviewed by 
the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the SBA, such audit or review could result in the diversion of management’s time and attention and cause us to incur 
significant costs. If we were to be audited and receive an adverse outcome in such an audit, we could be required to return the full amount of the PPP Loan and 
may potentially be subject to civil and criminal fines and penalties.

The  terms  of  our  credit  facility  with  MidCap  Business  Credit  may  restrict  our  current  and  future  operating  and  financial  flexibility  and  could 
adversely affect our financial and operational results.

On October 25, 2019, the Company, entered into a new credit facility with MidCap Business Credit (“MidCap”), which was amended on April 7, 2020 
and January 8, 2021. The Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and MidCap (the “MidCap Agreement”) includes a number of covenants that, 
among other things, may restrict our ability to:

● engage in mergers, consolidations, asset dispositions or similar fundamental changes;

● redeem or repurchase shares of Company stock;

● create, incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness;

● create, incur or permit liens on our assets;

● make loans or investments;

● pay cash dividends or make similar distributions; and

● change the nature of our business.

These restrictions in the MidCap Agreement may limit our ability to engage in certain transactions that could be beneficial to us and our stockholders. 
In the event of a default, MidCap could elect to declare all borrowings, accrued and unpaid interest and other fees outstanding, due and payable and require us to 
use available cash to repay these borrowings, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition. If MidCap terminates the 
MidCap Agreement or further limits our ability to borrow under the MidCap Agreement as a result of any failures to comply with any covenants, we would seek 
new  debt  financing  arrangements.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  new  debt  financing  will  be  available  to  us  on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all.  In  addition,  new  debt 
financing, if available, could impose payment obligations, covenants and operating restrictions that are more onerous than under the MidCap Agreement, which 
could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

We may face risks relating to currency fluctuations and currency exchange.

Historically the Company has had limited exposure to currency fluctuations since transactions with customers located outside the United States have 
generally  been  denominated  in  U.S.  Dollars.  In  addition,  the  Company  incurs  certain  expenses  denominated  in  RMB  in  connection  with  its  contract 
manufacturing  activities  in  the  PRC.  The  Company’s  functional  currency  is  the  U.S.  Dollar.  Accordingly,  any  expense  denominated  in  Canadian  Dollars  or 
RMB needs to be translated into U.S. Dollars at the applicable currency exchange rate for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. Exchange rates 
between the RMB and U.S. Dollar in recent years have fluctuated significantly and may do so in the future. We do not engage in currency hedging activities to 
limit the risks of currency fluctuations. Currency fluctuations could adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

17

Increased tariffs or other trade actions could adversely affect our business.

There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and China with respect to trade policies and tariffs. We 
source a variety of finished products and component parts from China. Although we currently believe that most of those products are not subject to tariffs, we 
cannot assure you that governmental authorities will agree with that position or that future actions may not be taken by the United States or China to impose 
tariffs on those products and components or otherwise affect our ability to source those products and components, which could have an adverse effect on our 
future  operations.  In  addition,  certain  of  the  products  we  obtain  from  China  are  currently  subject  to  tariffs.  Although  we  do  not  expect  that  the  currently-
applicable tariffs will have an adverse effect on our results of operations, we have raised prices on certain products to attempt to offset the effect of those tariffs, 
and we are also considering alternative sources of supply from manufacturers in other countries and moving certain manufacturing activities to our Old Bridge 
Facility as additional ways to mitigate the effect of those tariffs. If our expectations regarding the effect of the currently applicable tariffs prove to be incorrect 
and we are unable to offset or mitigate the effects of those tariffs, our future operating results may be adversely affected.

Operational Risks

Our financial condition and results of operations have been and may continue to be adversely affected by health events such as the recent Coronavirus 
or COVID-19 outbreak.

Our  business  has  been  materially  and  adversely  affected  by  the  outbreak  of  the  Coronavirus  or  COVID-19  and  may  in  the  future  be  materially  and 
adversely affected by other epidemics and pandemic outbreaks. COVID-19, which has been declared by the World Health Organization to be a “pandemic,” has 
spread  to  many  countries,  including  the  United  States,  and  is  impacting  domestic  and  worldwide  economic  activity.  A  public  health  epidemic  or  pandemic, 
including COVID-19, poses the risk that the Company or its employees, customers, suppliers and other business partners may be prevented from conducting 
business  activities  for  an  indefinite period  of time, including  due  to shutdowns  that may be  requested or  mandated  by  governmental  authorities.  Since being 
declared a “pandemic”, COVID-19 has interfered with our ability to meet with certain customers and has impacted and may continue to impact many of our 
customers. There are developments regarding the COVID-19 outbreak on a daily basis that may impact our customers, employees and business partners. As a 
result,  it  is  not  possible  at  this  time  to  estimate  the  duration  or  the  scope  of  the  impact  COVID-19  could  have  on  the  Company’s  business.  However,  the 
continued spread of COVID-19 and actions taken by our customers, suppliers and business partners, actions we take to protect the health and welfare of our 
employees, and measures taken by governmental authorities in response to COVID-19 could disrupt our manufacturing activities, the shipment of our products, 
the supply chain and purchasing decisions of our customers. The Company has experienced and is continuing to experience a significant reduction in sales as a 
result of the decreased business activities of our customers related to the COVID-19 outbreak and it remains unclear when or whether our customers will resume 
their  activities  at  a  level  where  our  sales  to  them  will  return  to  historical  levels.  In  addition,  government  officials  in  our region  have  imposed  measures  that 
restrict “non-essential” business activities, and although we are currently considered to be involved in an “essential” business activity, it is possible that those 
measures or others may be extended to cover “essential” business activities. If such restrictions were to be imposed, it is likely that we would not be able to 
continue all or a portion of our manufacturing, shipping and billing operations. Similar restrictions affecting the places where our customers do business would 
likely further reduce their business activities. These and other developments may have a material adverse impact on our business.

An inability to reduce expenses or increase revenues may cause continued net losses.

We have had losses each year since 2010, including a net loss of $7,459,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. While management believes its 
ongoing efforts to reduce expenses and increase revenues will create future profitability, there can be no assurance that these actions will be successful. Failure 
to further reduce expenses or increase revenues could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, in order to 
address issues relating to our reduced sales as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak, we are undertaking additional rapidly implemented operating expense cost 
reductions.  If  these  reductions  cannot  be  implemented  in  a  timely  manner  or  prove  to  be  insufficient  in  offsetting  or  significantly  mitigating  our  reduced 
revenues, our ability to continue to operate as a going concern may be materially affected.

Inventory reserves for excess or obsolete inventories may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We continually analyze our excess or obsolete inventories. Based on historical and projected sales volumes and anticipated selling prices, we establish 
reserves. If we do not meet our sales expectations, these reserves are increased. Products that are determined to be obsolete are written down to net realizable 
value. Although we believe reserves are adequate and inventories are reflected at net realizable value, there can be no assurance that we will not have to record 
additional  inventory  reserves  in  the  future.  Significant  increases  to  inventory  reserves  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition.

18

Any significant casualty to our facility in Old Bridge, New Jersey may cause a lengthy interruption to our business operations.

We primarily operate out of one manufacturing facility in Old Bridge, New Jersey (the “Old Bridge Facility”). While we maintain a limited amount of 
business interruption insurance, a casualty that results in a lengthy interruption of our ability to manufacture at, or otherwise use, the Old Bridge Facility could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our dependence on certain third-party suppliers could create an inability for us to obtain component products not otherwise available or to do so only 
at increased prices.

We  purchase  several  products  from  sole  suppliers  for  which  alternative  sources  are  not  available.  Our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition 

could be materially adversely affected by:

● an inability to obtain sufficient quantities of these components;

● our receipt of a significant number of defective components;

● an increase in component prices; or

● our inability to obtain lower component prices in response to competitive pressures on the pricing of our products.

In addition, the COVID-19 outbreak has affected the supply chain for many types of products and materials, particularly those being manufactured in 
China  and  other  countries  where  the  outbreak  has  resulted  in  significant  disruptions  to  ongoing  business  activities.  Although  we  have  not  experienced  any 
material disruptions in our supply chain, it is possible that we will in the future, which could adversely affect our ability to complete sales to our customers.

Our  manufacturing activities in  the  PRC,  South  Korea  and  Taiwan may  subject  us to  the  risks of  unfavorable political, regulatory,  legal  and other 
developments in those countries.

Some  of  our  products  are  manufactured  and  assembled  in  the  PRC,  South  Korea  and  Taiwan  under  contractual  and  purchasing  arrangements  with 
businesses in those countries. Our future operations and earnings may be adversely affected by the risks related to, or any other problems arising from, having 
our products manufactured and assembled in these countries:

● political, economic and labor instability;

● changes in foreign or United States government laws and regulations, including exchange control regulations;

● infringement of our intellectual property rights; and

● difficulties in managing foreign manufacturing operations.

In  addition,  because  the  Company  incurs  certain  expenses  denominated  in  Renminbi  (“RMB”)rather  than  U.S.  Dollars  in  connection  with  contract 
manufacturing activities in the PRC, we may experience increased costs related to fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates. Although these countries have 
modern industrial economies, their potential economic, political, legal and labor developments could entail uncertainties and risks. In the event of any changes 
that adversely affect our ability to manufacture in the PRC, South Korea and/or Taiwan, our business could suffer.

19

Shifting our operations between regions may entail considerable expense.

Over time we may shift additional portions of our manufacturing operations to outside third-party suppliers both within the US, North America and/or 
Asian territories in order to maximize manufacturing and operational efficiency. This could result in reducing our domestic operations in the future, which in 
turn could entail significant one-time earnings charges to account for severance, equipment write-offs or write downs and moving expenses.

Any increase in governmental regulation of the markets that we serve, including the cable television system, MDU, lodging and institutional markets, 
may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The  telecommunications,  cable  television,  fiber  optic,  MDU,  lodging  and  institutional  markets  within  the  cable  industry,  which  represents  the  vast 
majority of our business, while in some cases subject to certain FCC licensing requirements, is not presently burdened with extensive government regulations. It 
is possible, however, that regulations could be adopted in the future which impose burdensome restrictions on these markets resulting in, among other things, 
barriers to the entry of new competitors or limitations on capital expenditures. Any such regulations, if adopted, could have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operations and financial condition.

Private cable system operation is not presently burdened with significant government regulation, other than, in some cases, certain FCC licensing and 
signal  leakage  requirements.  The  Telecommunications  Act  of  1996  deregulated  many  aspects  of  franchise  cable  system  operation  and  opened  the  door  to 
competition  among cable operators and  telephone companies  in  each of  their respective industries. It  is possible,  however, that regulations could  be  adopted 
which would re-impose burdensome restrictions on franchise cable operators resulting in, among other things, the grant of exclusive rights or franchises within 
certain geographical areas. Any increased regulation of franchise cable could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Any increase in governmental environmental regulations or our inability or failure to comply with existing environmental regulations may cause an 
adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local governmental regulations related to the storage, use, discharge and disposal of toxic, volatile or 
otherwise  hazardous  chemicals  used  in  our  manufacturing  processes.  We  do  not  anticipate  material  capital  expenditures  during  2021  for  compliance  with 
federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. There can be no assurance, however, that changes in environmental regulations will not result in the 
need for additional capital expenditures or otherwise impose additional financial burdens on us. Further, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our 
operations. Any failure by us to obtain required permits for, control the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of, hazardous substances under present or 
future  regulations  could  subject  us  to  substantial  liability  or  could  cause  our  manufacturing  operations  to  be  suspended.  Such  liability  or  suspension  of 
manufacturing operations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business and operations could suffer in the event of security breaches.

Attempts by others to gain unauthorized access to information technology systems are becoming more sophisticated. Our systems are designed to detect 
security  incidents  and  to  prevent  their  recurrence,  but,  in  some  cases,  we  might  be  unaware  of  an  incident  or  its  magnitude  and  effects.  While  we  have  not 
identified any material incidents of unauthorized access to date, the theft, unauthorized use or publication of our intellectual property, confidential business or 
personal  information  could  harm  our  competitive  position,  reduce  the  value  of  our  investment  in  research  and  development  and  other  strategic  initiatives, 
damage our reputation or otherwise adversely affect our business. In addition, to the extent that any future security breach results in inappropriate disclosure of 
our employees’, licensees’, or customers’ confidential and /or personal information, we may incur liability or additional costs to remedy any damages caused by 
such breach. We could also be impacted by existing and proposed laws and regulations, as well as government policies and practices related to cybersecurity, 
privacy and data protection.

Macroeconomic Risks

Adverse changes in economic conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business and earnings are affected by general business, economic and financial markets conditions in the United States and elsewhere. We continue 
to  operate  in  a  challenging  and  uncertain  economic  environment,  which  has  been  exacerbated  by  the  COVID-19  outbreak  and  related  events.  Any  return  to 
recessionary conditions or prolonged stagnant or deteriorating economic conditions, whether related to the COVID-19 outbreak or otherwise, could significantly 
affect the markets in which we do business, the demand for our products, the ability of our customers to make payments to us in a timely fashion or at all, our 
ability and the ability of our customers to obtain adequate financing to maintain operations and other potential events that could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, our stock price could remain depressed or decrease if investors have concerns that our 
business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  will  be  negatively  impacted  by  a  worldwide  economic  downturn.  Other  uncertainties,  including  the 
potential effect of United States’ tariffs on imported steel and aluminum, which are important materials for the production of many of our products, could also 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

20

Human Capital Risks

Losing the services of our executive officers or our other highly qualified and experienced employees, or our inability to continue to attract and retain 
highly qualified and experienced employees, could adversely affect our business.

Our future success depends in large part on the continued service of our key executives and technical and management personnel. Our future success 
also depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled engineering, manufacturing, marketing and managerial personnel. The competition for 
such  personnel  is  intense,  and  the  loss  of  key  employees,  in  particular  the  principal  members  of  our  management  and  technical  staff,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Delays or difficulties in negotiating a labor agreement or other difficulties in our relationship with our union employees may cause an adverse effect on 
our manufacturing and business operations.

All of our direct labor employees located at the Old Bridge, New Jersey facility are members of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers 
Union, Local 2066 (the “Union”), under a collective bargaining agreement, which expires in February 2023. In connection with any renewal or renegotiation of 
the labor agreement upon its termination, there can be no assurance that work stoppages will not occur or that we will be able to agree upon terms for future 
agreements with the Union. Any work stoppages could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, results of operations and financial condition.

Other Risks

Additional issuances of shares of our common stock in the future could adversely affect the value or voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Over the past 12 months we have issued a substantial number of shares of common stock and other securities convertible into, or exercisable for, a 
substantial  number  of  additional  shares  of  common  stock.  Although  we  cannot  predict  whether  the  holders  of  our  securities  that  are  convertible  into,  or 
exercisable for,  shares of  our common stock  will  convert  and/or exercise those  securities,  or in what  amounts, the  actual or  anticipated issuances  or sales  of 
substantial amounts of our common stock in the future could cause the value of our common stock to decline and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or 
equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future also would, 
and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest and voting power held by stockholders prior to such issuance. We have also entered 
arrangements  with  certain  of  our  officers  pursuant  to  which  they  have  agreed  to  receive  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  future  in  lieu  of  current  cash 
compensation. Although those arrangements help the Company preserve cash for operations, the issuances of the shares to those officers also will have the effect 
of diluting the percentage ownership interest and voting power held by stockholders prior to such issuances.

Our organizational documents and Delaware state law contain provisions that could discourage or prevent a potential takeover or change in control of 
our company or prevent our stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our Common Stock.

Our  board  of  directors  has  the  authority  to  issue  up  to  5,000,000  shares  of  undesignated  Preferred  Stock,  to  determine  the  powers,  preferences  and 
rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any unissued series of undesignated Preferred Stock and to fix the number of 
shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The Preferred Stock could be issued 
with  voting,  liquidation,  dividend  and  other  rights  superior  to  the  rights  of  the  Common  Stock.  Furthermore,  such  Preferred  Stock  may  have  other  rights, 
including economic rights, senior to the Common Stock, and as a result, the issuance of such stock could have a material adverse effect on the market value of 
the Common Stock. In addition, our Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

● eliminates the right of our stockholders to act without a meeting;

● does not provide cumulative voting for the election of directors;

21

● does not provide our stockholders with the right to call special meetings;

● provides for a classified board of directors; and

● imposes various procedural requirements which could make it difficult for our stockholders to effect certain corporate actions.

These  provisions  and  the  Board’s  ability  to  issue  Preferred  Stock  may  have  the  effect  of  deterring  hostile  takeovers  or  offers  from  third  parties  to 
acquire  the  Company,  preventing  our  stockholders  from  receiving  a  premium  for  their  shares  of  our  Common  Stock,  or  delaying  or  preventing  changes  in 
control or management of the Company. We are also afforded the protection of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could:

● delay or prevent a change in control of the Company;

● impede a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us; or

● discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Any of these provisions which may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company, could have a material adverse effect 

on the market value of our Common Stock.

It is unlikely that we will pay dividends on our Common Stock.

We currently intend to retain all earnings to finance the growth of our business and therefore do not intend to pay dividends on our Common Stock in 

the foreseeable future. Moreover, the MidCap Agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends by us on our Common Stock.

Our Common Stock is thinly traded and subject to volatility, which may adversely affect the market price for our Common Stock.

Although our Common Stock is traded on the NYSE American, it may remain relatively illiquid, or “thinly traded,” which can increase share price 
volatility  and  make  it  difficult  for  investors  to  buy  or  sell  shares  in  the  public  market  without  materially  affecting  the  quoted  share  price.  Investors  may  be 
unable to buy or sell a certain quantity of our shares in the public market within one or more trading days. If limited trading in our stock continues, it may be 
difficult for holders to sell their shares in the public market at any given time at prevailing prices.

The  prevailing  market  price  of  our  Common  Stock  may  fluctuate  significantly  in  response  to  a  number  of  factors,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our 

control, including the following:

● announcements of technological innovations or new products by us, our competitors or third parties;

● quarterly variations in our actual or anticipated results of operations;

● failure of revenues or earnings in any quarter to meet the investment community’s expectations;

● market conditions for cable industry stocks in general;

● broader market trends unrelated to our performance; and

● sales of significant amounts of our Common Stock by our officers and directors or the perception that such shares may occur.

22

The uncertainties we face relating to our liquidity and ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations and to continue to operate our business 
as a going concern also contributes to the volatility of our stock price, and any investment in our Common Stock could suffer a significant decline or total loss in 
value. Furthermore, we may not be able to maintain compliance with the continued listing standards of the NYSE American LLC or any other national securities 
exchange or over-the-counter market on which our Common Stock is then traded, which may also adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock.

Our share ownership is highly concentrated.

Our directors and officers beneficially own, or have the right to vote, in the aggregate, approximately 58% of our Common Stock and will continue to 
have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to the stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors. In addition, certain 
of  our  directors  and  officers  will  have  the  right  to  acquire  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  upon  exercise  of  conversion rights  with  respect  to  certain 
indebtedness that acquire additional shares of common stock upon exercise of conversion rights with respect to certain indebtedness that they hold. See Note 
6—Subordinated Convertible Debt with Related Parties in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

We are subject to the continued listing requirements of the NYSE American. If we are unable to comply with such requirements, our common stock 
would  be  delisted  from  the  NYSE  American,  which  would  limit  investors’  ability  to  effect  transactions  in  our  common  stock  and  subject  us  to 
additional trading restrictions.

Our common stock is currently listed on NYSE American. In order to maintain our listing, we must maintain certain share prices, financial and share 
distribution  targets,  including  maintaining  a  minimum  amount  of  stockholders’  equity  and  a  minimum  number  of  public  shareholders.  In  addition  to  these 
objective standards, NYSE American may delist the securities of any issuer for other reasons involving the judgment of NYSE American. On June 10, 2020 we 
received written notification from NYSE American that we are not in compliance with the continued listing standard under Section 1003(a)(iii) of the NYSE 
American Company Guide (“Company Guide”), which requires a listed company to have stockholders’ equity of at least $6 million if it has reported losses from 
continuing  operations  and/or  net  losses  in  its  five  most  recent  fiscal  years.  In  accordance  with  NYSE  American  requirements,  we  have  submitted  a  plan 
addressing how we intend to regain compliance with Section 1003(a)(iii) by December 10, 2021, the deadline for us to regain compliance.

On August 27, 2020, we received notice that our plan to regain compliance with Section 1003(a)(iii) of the Company Guide had been accepted and that 
we had been granted a plan period through December 10, 2021. As a result, the listing of our common stock on NYSE American is being continued during the 
plan  period  pursuant  to  an  extension.  However,  during  the  plan  period  we  will  be  subject  to  periodic  review  by  NYSE  Regulation  staff,  including  quarterly 
monitoring, to determine if we are making progress consistent with the plan. If we are not in compliance with the continued listing standards by December 10, 
2021, or if NYSE Regulation determines that we are not making sufficient progress consistent with our plan, delisting proceedings will be instituted against us, 
as appropriate.

Due largely to the continuing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, we did not meet certain elements of the near-term milestones we had included as part 
of the compliance plan we submitted to the NYSE American. As a result, it is possible that NYSE Regulation will determine that we are not making sufficient 
progress consistent with our plan and may request that we submit a revised plan or may initiate delisting proceedings against us. We cannot assure you that we 
will make sufficient progress to regain compliance with Section 1003(a)(iii) by December 10, 2021 under our initial plan or any revision we make to such plan 
or that NYSE Regulation will accept any revisions we propose to make to our initial plan, or that delisting proceedings may not be instituted against us based on 
our not meeting certain elements of the near-term milestones we had included as part of the compliance plan we submitted. If delisting proceedings are instituted 
against us, we would have the right to appeal any delisting determination.

If  NYSE  American  delists  our  common  stock  from  trading  on  the  exchange  and  we  are  not able  to  list  our  securities  on  another  national  securities 
exchange,  we  expect  our  common  stock  would  qualify  to  be  quoted  on  an  over-the-counter  market.  If  this  were  to  occur,  we  could experience  a  number  of 
adverse consequences, including:

● limited availability of market quotations for the common stock;

● reduced liquidity for our securities;

● our common stock being categorized as a “penny stock,” which requires brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and 

possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock; and

● decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

23

In addition, the National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996 generally preempts the states from regulating the sale of “covered securities.” 
Our common stock qualifies as “covered securities” because the shares of common stock are listed on NYSE American. If our common stock were no longer 
listed on NYSE American, our securities would not be “covered securities” and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

The Company’s principal manufacturing, engineering, sales and administrative facilities consist of one building totaling approximately 130,000 square 
feet  located  on  approximately  20  acres  of  land  in  Old  Bridge,  New  Jersey  (the  “Old  Bridge  Facility”)  which  was  owned  but  currently  is  leased  by  the 
Company. On February 1, 2019, the Company completed the sale of the Old Bridge Facility to Jake Brown Road, LLC (the “Buyer”). In addition, in connection 
with the completion of the sale, the Company and the Buyer (as landlord) entered into a lease (the “Lease”), pursuant to which the Company will continue to 
occupy, and continue to conduct its manufacturing, engineering, sales and administrative functions in the Old Bridge Facility.

The  sale  of  the  Old  Bridge  Facility  was  made  pursuant  to  an  Agreement  of  Sale  dated  as  of  August  3,  2018  (the  “Initial  Sale  Agreement”),  as 
amended by an Extension Letter Agreement dated as of September 20, 2018, the Second Amendment to Agreement of Sale dated as of October 8, 2018 and the 
Third  Amendment  to  Agreement  of  Sale  dated  as  of  January  30,  2019  (the  Initial  Sale  Agreement  together  with  the  Extension  Letter  Agreement,  Second 
Amendment  to  Agreement  of  Sale  and  Third  Amendment  to  Agreement  of  Sale,  collectively,  the  “Sale  Agreement”).  Pursuant  to  the  Sale  Agreement,  at 
closing, the Buyer paid the Company $10,500,000. In addition, at closing, the Company advanced to the Buyer the sum of $130,000, representing a preliminary 
estimate  of  the  Company’s  share  (as  a  tenant  of  the  Old  Bridge  Facility  following  closing)  of  property  repairs,  as  contemplated  by  the  Sale  Agreement  (the 
“Repair Escrow”). The Company recognized a gain of $7,175,000 in connection with the sale.

The  Lease  has  an  initial  term  of  five  years  and  allows  the  Company  to  extend  the  term  for  an  additional  five  years  following  the  initial  term.  The 
Company is obligated to pay base rent of approximately $877,000 in 2021, with the amount of the base rent adjusted for each subsequent year to equal 102.5% 
of the preceding year’s base rent.

In addition, the Company leases an engineering and sales facility consisting of one building totaling approximately 5,250 square feet in Springboro, 
Ohio. The lease for this facility expires in October, 2021. The total lease obligation for the Springboro, Ohio facility will be approximately $30,000 during 2021. 
Further, the Company leases an engineering facility consisting of one building totaling approximately 1,141 square feet in Fort Wayne, Indiana. The lease for 
this  facility  expires  in  May,  2021.  The  Company  may  extend  the  lease,  find  alternative  space  or  let  the  lease  expire.  The  total  lease  obligation  for  the  Fort 
Wayne, Indiana facility will be approximately $5,000 during 2021.

Management believes that these facilities are adequate to support the Company’s anticipated needs in 2021.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is a party to certain proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of its business, none of which, in the opinion of management, is likely 

to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

24

ITEM 5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF 

PART II

EQUITY SECURITIES

Trading Market

The Company’s Common Stock has been traded on the NYSE American (formerly the NYSE MKT) since the Company’s initial public offering on 

December 14, 1995. The Company’s Common Stock is traded under the symbol “BDR”.

As  of  March  24,  2021,  the  Company  had  66  holders  of  record  of the  Common  Stock.  Since  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  is  held  in 

“street” or nominee name, the Company is unable to determine the exact number of beneficial holders.

Dividends

The Company currently anticipates that it will retain all of its earnings to finance the operation of its business, and therefore does not intend to pay 
dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Since its initial public offering, the Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its 
Common Stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon the Company’s 
financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, limitations contained in loan agreements and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems 
relevant. The MidCap Agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends by the Company on its Common Stock.

Share Repurchases

On  July  24,  2002,  the  Company  commenced  a  stock  repurchase  program  to  acquire  up  to  $300,000  of  its  outstanding  Common  Stock  (the  “2002 
Program”). On February 13, 2007, the Company announced a new stock repurchase program to acquire up to an additional 100,000 shares of its outstanding 
Common Stock (the “2007 Program”). As of December 31, 2019, the Company can purchase up to $72,000 of its Common Stock under the 2002 Program and 
up  to  100,000  shares  of  its  Common  Stock  under  the  2007  Program.  While  the  Company  may,  in  its  discretion,  continue  making  purchases  under  the  2002 
Program  up  to  its  limits,  and  thereafter  to  make  purchases  under  the  2007  Program,  no  such  purchases  are  currently  anticipated.  The  MidCap  Agreement 
currently prohibits the Company from repurchasing shares of its Common Stock, whether under the 2002 Program and the 2007 Program or otherwise. During 
2020 and 2019, the Company did not purchase any of its Common Stock under the 2002 Program or the 2007 Program.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

25

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  Company’s  historical  results  of  operations  and  liquidity  and  capital  resources  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein. The following discussion and analysis 
also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-
looking statements as a result of various factors. See “Forward Looking Statements” that precedes Item 1 above.

Overview

The Company was incorporated in November 1988, under the laws of Delaware as GPS Acquisition Corp. for the purpose of acquiring the business of 
Blonder-Tongue Laboratories, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, which was founded in 1950 by Ben H. Tongue and Isaac S. Blonder to design, manufacture and 
supply  a  line  of  electronics  and  systems  equipment  principally  for  the  private  cable  industry.  Following  the  acquisition,  the  Company  changed  its  name  to 
Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. The Company completed the initial public offering of its shares of Common Stock in December 1995.

Today,  the  Company  is  a  technology-development  and  manufacturing  company  that  delivers  a  wide  range  of  products  and  services  to  the 
telecommunications,  cable  entertainment  and  media  industry.  For  70  years,  Blonder  Tongue/Drake  products  have  been  deployed  in  a  long  list  of  locations, 
including  lodging/hospitality,  multi-dwelling  units/apartments,  broadcast  studios/networks,  universities/schools,  healthcare/hospitals,  fitness  centers, 
government  facilities/offices,  prisons,  airports,  sports  stadiums/arenas,  entertainment  venues/casinos,  retail  stores,  and  small-medium  businesses.  These 
applications  are  variously  described  as  commercial,  institutional  and/or  enterprise  environments  and  will  be  referred  to  herein  collectively  as  “CIE”.  The 
customers  we  serve  include  business  entities  installing  private  video  and  data  networks  in  these  environments,  whether  they  are  the  largest  cable  television 
operators,  telco  or  satellite  providers,  integrators,  architects,  engineers  or  the  next  generation  of  Internet  Protocol  Television  (“IPTV”)  streaming  video 
providers.  The  technology  requirements  of  these  markets  change  rapidly,  and  the  Company’s  research  and  development  team  is  continually  delivering  high 
performance-lower cost solutions to meet customers’ needs.

The  Company’s  strategy  is  focused  on  providing  a  wide  range  of  products  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  CIE  environments  described  above,  including 
lodging/hospitality,  multi-dwelling  units/apartments,  broadcast  studios/networks,  universities/schools,  healthcare/hospitals,  fitness  centers,  government 
facilities/offices,  prisons,  airports,  sports  stadiums/arenas,  entertainment  venues/casinos,  retail  stores,  and  small-medium  businesses,  and  to  provide  offerings 
that  are  optimized  for  an  operator’s  existing  infrastructure,  as  well  as  the  operator’s  future  strategy.  A  key  component  of  this  growth  strategy  is  to  provide 
products that deliver the latest technologies (such as IPTV and digital 4K, UHD, HD and SD video content) and have a high performance-to-cost ratio.

In 2019, the Company initiated a consumer premise equipment (“CPE”) sales initiative. The products sold in 2019 comprise primarily Android-based 
IPTV set top boxes to the Tier 2 and Tier 3 cable and telecommunications service providers. This strategic initiative is designed to secure an in-home position 
with the Company’s product offerings, more intimate, direct relationships with a wide range of service providers, and increased sales of the Company’s CIE 
products by the BT Premier Distributors to those same service providers. In its first year, the CPE Product initiative achieved sales to over 45 different telco, 
municipal fiber and cable operators and accounted for approximately 20% of the Company’s 2019 revenues. During 2020, the CPE Product initiative achieved 
sales to different telco, municipal fiber and cable operators and accounted for approximately 25% of the Company’s revenues.

Like  many  businesses  throughout  the  United  States  and  the  world,  we  have  been  affected  by  the  COVID-19  outbreak.  Because  there  are  daily 
developments regarding the outbreak, we are continually assessing the current and anticipated future effects on our business, including how these developments 
are impacting or may impact our customers, employees and business partners. In our core CIE business, we have experienced a noticeable decline in sales, as 
many of our customers have significantly reduced their business operations. In our CPE business we have experienced a more substantial reduction in sales, 
again as a result of our customers’ significant decrease in their business activities. With uncertainties surrounding the extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak 
will affect the economy generally, and our customers and business partners in particular, it is impossible for us to predict when conditions will improve to the 
point  that  we  can  reasonably  forecast  when  our  sales  might  return  to  historical  levels.  However,  we  are  currently  taking  steps  to  significantly  reduce  our 
expenses, including adjustments in our staffing (in the form of furloughs) and reductions in manufacturing activities, which we believe will improve our ability 
to continue our operations at current levels and meet our obligations to our customers.

26

The  Company’s  manufacturing  is  allocated  primarily  between  its  facility  in  Old  Bridge,  New  Jersey  (“Old  Bridge  Facility”)  and  key  contract 
manufacturing located in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) as well as South Korea, Taiwan and Ohio. The Company currently manufactures most of its 
digital products, including the NXG product line and latest encoder, transcoder and EdgeQAM collections at the Old Bridge Facility. Since 2007 the Company 
has transitioned and continues to manufacture certain high volume, labor intensive products, including many of the Company’s analog and other products, in the 
PRC, pursuant to manufacturing agreements that govern the production of products that may from time to time be the subject of purchase orders submitted by 
(and in the discretion of) the Company. Although the Company does not currently anticipate the transfer of any additional products to the PRC or other countries 
for manufacture, the Company may do so if business and market conditions make it advantageous to do so. Manufacturing products both at the Company’s Old 
Bridge Facility as well as in the PRC, South Korea, Taiwan and Ohio enables the Company to realize cost reductions while maintaining a competitive position 
and time-to-market advantage.

The Company may, from time to time, provide manufacturing, research and development and product support services for other companies’ products. 
In 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with VBrick Systems, Inc. (“VBrick”) to provide procurement, manufacturing, warehousing and fulfillment 
support to VBrick for a line of high-end encoder products and sub-assemblies. Sales to VBrick of encoder products were approximately $145,000 and $602,000 
in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Sales to VBrick for sub-assemblies were not material in 2020 or 2019.

Results of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with year ended December 31, 2019, discussion is included below.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, certain consolidated statement of earnings data as a percentage of net sales.

Net sales 
Costs of goods sold 
Gross profit 
Selling expenses 
General and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Gain on building sale 
Loss from operations 
Interest expense, net 
Loss before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Net loss

2020 Compared with 2019

Year Ended 
December 31,

2020

2019

100.0%
81.6
18.4
15.0
31.4
15.4
-
(43.4)
2.1
(45.5)
0.1
(45.6)

100.0%
82.7
17.3
15.1
25.2
15.5
36.2
(2.3)
1.3
(3.6)
0.1
(3.7)

Net  Sales.  Net  sales  decreased  $3,463,000  or  17.5%  to  $16,379,000  in  2020  from  $19,842,000  in  2019.  The  decrease  is  primarily  attributable  to  a 
decrease  in  sales  of  digital  video  headend  products,  DOCSIS  data  products,  contract  manufacturing  products,  HFC  distribution  products  and  analog  video 
headend products offset, in part, by an increase in sales of transcoder products. Sales of digital video headend products were $3,607,000 and $6,714,000, sales of 
DOCSIS  data  products  were  $2,227,000  and  $2,817,000,  sales  of  contract-manufactured  products  were  $145,000  and  $602,000,  sales  of  HFC  distribution 
products  were  $2,133,000  and  $2,509,000,  sales  of  analog  video  headend  products  were  $1,232,000  and  $1,532,000  and  sales  of  transcoder  products  were 
$1,543,000 and $71,000 in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold decreased to $13,361,000 in 2020 from $16,411,000 in 2019 and decreased as a percentage of sales to 81.6% 
from  82.7%.  The  dollar  decrease  is  primarily  attributable  to  lower  sales.  The  decrease  as  a  percentage  of  sales  is  primarily  attributable  to  reduced  overhead 
costs.

27

Selling Expenses. Selling expenses decreased to $2,458,000 in 2020 from $3,002,000 in 2019 and decreased as a percentage of sales to 15.0% for 2020 
from 15.1% for 2019. This $544,000 decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in salaries and fringe benefits of $368,000, due to reduced headcount, a 
decrease in department supplies of $116,000 due to a reduction in products lent to customers for evaluation purposes, and a decrease in advertising and trade 
show expenses of $172,000 due to reduced attendance at trade shows in light of the pandemic, offset by an increase in occupancy costs of $314,000 under the 
Old Bridge Facility lease, due to a full year versus ten months in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease as a percentage of sales is primarily attributable to 
the overall decrease.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased to $5,150,000 in 2020 from $5,004,000 in 2019 and increased as 
a percentage of sales to 31.4% for 2020 from 25.2% in 2019. This $146,000 increase was primarily the result of an increase in professional fees of $370,000, an 
increase in bad debt expense of $248,000, an increase in computer expense of $334,000, and an increase in occupancy costs of $104,000 under the Old Bridge 
Facility lease, offset by a  decrease  in  consulting  fees  of $191,000, a decrease  in  salaries  and  fringe benefits  of $476,000  due  to  a combination of salary and 
headcount reductions and a decrease in travel and entertainment of $170,000, attributable to the pandemic. The increase as a percentage of sales is attributable to 
the overall increase as well as a decrease in net sales.

Research and Development Expense. Research and development expenses decreased to $2,524,000 in 2020 from $3,066,000 in 2019 and decreased as a 
percentage of sales to 15.4% in 2020 from 15.5% in 2019. This $542,000 decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in consulting fees of $251,000 and a 
decrease in salaries and fringe benefits of $128,000 due to a reduction in head count. The decrease as a percentage of sales is attributable to the overall decrease 
offset by the decrease in net sales.

Gain on building sale. Gain on building sale was zero in 2020 a decrease from $7,175,000 in 2019, due to the sale-leaseback of the Old Bridge Facility 

in 2019.

Operating  loss.  Operating  loss  of  $7,144,000  for  2020  represents  an  increase  from  the  operating  loss  of  $466,000  in  2019.  Operating  loss  as  a 

percentage of sales decreased to 43.4% in 2020 from 2.3% in 2019 for the reasons discussed above.

Interest expense net. Interest expense, net increased to $345,000 in 2020 from $261,000 in 2019. The increase is primarily the result of higher average 

borrowings, including $77,000 of PIK interest related to the Subordinated Loan Facility described below in Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Income  Taxes.  The  provision  for  income  taxes  was  $15,000  in  2020  and  $15,000 in  2019.  The  Company  records  a  full  valuation  allowance  for  net 
deferred tax assets that are no longer considered to be realizable. The significant negative evidence supporting the full valuation allowance includes a loss for the 
current year, a cumulative pre-tax loss for the three years ended December 31, 2020, the inability to carryback the net operating losses, limited future reversals 
of existing temporary differences and the limited availability of tax planning strategies. The Company expects to continue to provide a full valuation allowance 
until, or unless, it can sustain a level of profitability that demonstrates its ability to utilize these assets.

Inflation and Seasonality

Inflation and seasonality have not had a material impact on the results of operations of the Company. Fourth quarter sales in 2020 as compared to other 

quarters were slightly impacted by fewer production days. The Company expects sales each year in the fourth quarter to be impacted by fewer production days.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s working capital was $570,000 and $3,805,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company’s net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $3,212,000, primarily due to the net loss of $7,474,000 
and a decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued compensation of $2,333,000, offset by a decrease in inventories of $4,421,000, compared to 
net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $6,538,000, primarily due to non-cash gain on building sale of $7,175,000 and an 
increase in inventories of $1,761,000 offset by an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued compensation of $2,297,000

28

Cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  was  $191,000,  which  was  attributable  primarily  to  capital  expenditures  of 
$165,000 and the acquisition of licenses of $26,000. Cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $9,474,000, which was 
attributable primarily to proceeds on the building sale of $9,765,000 and proceeds on the sale of vehicles of $25,000 offset by capital expenditures of $263,000 
and the acquisition of licenses of $53,000.

Cash provided by financing activities was $2,900,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, comprised primarily of borrowings of long term debt of 
$1,769,000, borrowings from the Subordinated Loan Facility of $900,000, net proceeds from the private placement of common stock of $812,000 and proceeds 
from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  of  $13,000,  offset  by  net  repayments  on  the  line  of  credit  of  $560,000  and  repayments  of  debt  of  $34,000.  Cash  used  in 
financing activities was $2,923,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, comprised primarily of repayments of debt of $3,032,000 and repayments of the 
former line of credit of $2,603,000, offset by net borrowings on the line of credit of $2,705,000 and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $7,000.

For  a  full  description  of  the  Company’s  senior  secured  indebtedness  under  the  MidCap  Facility  and  its  effect  upon  the  Company’s  consolidated 

financial position and results of operations, see Note 5 – Debt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been its existing cash balances, cash generated from operations, amounts available under the MidCap 
Facility,  the  proceeds  received from a  PPP Loan, amounts  available  under  the  Subordinated Loan  Facility  and  cash  generated  from  the  private  placement  of 
common stock. There is no further availability under the current terms of the Subordinated Loan Facility. On a going-forward basis, the Company expects its 
primary sources of liquidity will be its existing cash balances, cash generated from operations and amounts available under the MidCap Facility. The Company 
also  may  seek  to  raise  additional  capital  through  the  issuance  of  shares  of  common  stock  or  other  securities  convertible  into,  or  exercisable  for,  shares  of 
common stock, although the Company cannot provide any assurances that this type of additional financing will be available on reasonable terms, or at all. The 
Company had approximately $609,000 and approximately $716,000 availability for borrowing under the MidCap Facility, as of December 31, 2020 and March 
24, 2021, respectively.

As discussed in Item 2 – Properties, on February 1, 2019, the Company completed the sale of the Old Bridge Facility to Jake Brown Road, LLC (the 
“Buyer”). In addition, in connection with the completion of the sale, the Company and the Buyer (as landlord) entered into a lease (the “Lease”), pursuant to 
which  the  Company  will  continue  to  occupy,  and  continue  to  conduct  its  manufacturing,  engineering,  sales  and  administrative  functions  in  the  Old  Bridge 
Facility.

The  Lease  has  an  initial  term  of  five  years  and  allows  the  Company  to  extend  the  term  for  an  additional  five  years  following  the  initial  term.  The 
Company is obligated to pay base rent of approximately $837,000 for the first year of the Lease, with the amount of the base rent adjusted for each subsequent 
year to equal 102.5% of the preceding year’s base rent. Without regard to any reduction in the Company’s lease expense derived from its sublease to a third 
party of the Sublease Space (defined below), for the first year of the Lease, the base rent of approximately $837,000.00 would offset, in part, the anticipated 
annualized  saving  of  interest  and  depreciation  expense  of  approximately  $469,000  and  the  cash  debt  service  of  approximately  $562,000.  The  Lease  further 
provides for a security deposit in an amount equal to eight months of base rent, which may be reduced to three months of base rent upon certain benchmarks 
being met. It was determined in the first quarter 2020 that the applicable benchmark relevant to the six-month period ended August 1, 2019 was met and as a 
result the landlord released a portion of the security deposit equal to one month’s base rent to the Company, leaving an aggregate security deposit held by the 
landlord,  in  an  amount  equal  to  seven  months  of  base  rent.  Subsequently,  the  Company  determined  in  the  third  quarter  2020  that  the  applicable  benchmark 
relevant to the six-month period ended August 1, 2020 was met and as a result, the Company notified the landlord in writing that it would offset rent otherwise 
due on August 1, 2020 against the reimbursement of a portion of the security deposit equal to one month’s base rent, leaving an aggregate security deposit held 
by  the  landlord,  in  an  amount  equal  to  six months  of  base  rent.  The  landlord  expressed  its  disagreement  with  the  Company’s  interpretation  of  the  lease  and 
requested  the  provision  of  financial  information  to  support  the  Company’s  contention  or  in  the  alternative  payment  of  the  offset  amount.  Subsequently,  no 
further action or communications regarding the offset were made by the landlord and the Company thereafter, beginning with September 2020, resumed timely 
payments of its rental obligations under the Lease. In early 2021, the Company undertook an analysis of the common area maintenance charges being assessed 
under the Lease in an effort to reconcile those payments with the specific terms of the Lease. The Lease provides that this reconciliation is to be accomplished 
by the landlord annually, however this has not occurred. The Company’s analysis indicates that it may have been overcharged for common area maintenance 
expenses since the inception of the Lease and submitted supporting data to the landlord, requesting that the landlord review the submission against its records. 
That analysis remains underway. The Company has also requested that the landlord release from escrow and return to the Company, the unexpended balance of 
the Repair Escrow. The landlord and the Company anticipated resolving the reconciliation of the common area maintenance charges and Repair Escrow release 
request during the month of February and with the prior oral approval of the landlord, the Company refrained from paying February rent, expecting that the 
reconciliation  would  be  completed  prior  to  the  end  of  that  month.  To  date,  the  landlord  has  not  as  yet  responded  to  the  Company’s  earlier  submission  of 
supporting data with regard to the common  area maintenance charges or Repair Escrow. Inasmuch as the disputed amounts,  in the opinion of the Company, 
exceed three months’ rent and common area maintenance expenses, the Company has refrained from the payment of base rent and common area maintenance 
charges for the months of February and March, it being the expectation of the parties that these amounts will be credited against the amount finally determined 
to  be  reimbursed  to  the  Company.  In  the  event  that  the  parties  have  not  completed  the  reconciliation  of  the  common  area  maintenance  charges  and  Repair 
Escrow prior to the due date of April rent, such rent will also be credited against the amount finally determined to be reimbursed to the Company. The Company 
has not received any notice from the landlord to the effect that the Company is in violation of the Lease and anticipates an amicable resolution of this dispute 
during the second quarter 2021.

29

The landlord may, once during the lease term or any renewal thereof, require the Company to relocate to another facility made available by the landlord 
that  meets  the  Company’s  specifications  for  a  replacement  facility  within  a  defined  geographical  area,  by  providing  notice  which  confirms  that  all  of  the 
Company’s specifications for a replacement facility will be met, that all costs relating to such relocation will be paid by the landlord, and that security for the 
repayment of those relocation costs has been established. The Company will also be provided a six month overlap period (the “Overlap Period”) during which 
the Company may operate in the Old Bridge Facility with rent therein being abated, but with rent being paid at the replacement facility, to mitigate interruptions 
of the Company’s on-going business while the move occurs. If the Company declines to be relocated to the facility proposed by the landlord, the Lease will 
terminate 18 months from the date of the landlord’s notice, but the Company will continue to be entitled to receive the same benefits in terms of reimbursement 
of  its  relocation  costs  and  an  Overlap  Period  during  which  no  rent  will  be  due  at  the  Old  Bridge  Facility,  while  the  Company  moves  its  operations  to  an 
alternative facility that it has identified.

On December 31, 2019, the Company entered into a two-year sublease to a third party for 32,500 square feet of the Old Bridge Facility (the “Sublease 
Space”) which commenced on March 1, 2020, the rental proceeds from which inure to the benefit of the Company. The sublease also provides for a one-year 
renewal option. The sublease provides rental income approximately $284,000 in the first year and approximately $293,000 in the second year of the sublease.

Beginning in the middle of 2019, the Company experienced a significant decline in its net sales of core or legacy products, which while not recovering 
to historical norms, stabilized during the early part of the first quarter of 2020. Beginning in February 2020, however, as the prospects of an ever-worsening 
outbreak  of  COVID-19  took  hold,  the  Company  began  to  experience  adverse  impacts  to  revenues  across  all  of  its  product  lines.  The  Company  does  not 
anticipate that sales will recover to historical norms during 2021, although the Company is optimistic that as the roll out of vaccines continues and the impact of 
the pandemic begins to lessen, improvements in the market may occur. In light of these developments and as detailed below, the Company has taken significant 
steps during the past year, implemented in several phases, in order to manage operations through what has been a period of diminished sales levels.

As part of its efforts to improve liquidity and provide operating capital, on April 7, 2020, the Company entered into a certain Consent and Amendment 
to Loan Agreement and Loan Documents with Midcap (the “MidCap First Amendment”), which amended the MidCap Facility to, among other things, remove 
the existing $400,000 availability block, subject to the same being re-imposed at the rate of approximately $7,000 per month commencing June 1, 2020. The 
operative  provisions  relating  to  the  removal  of  the  availability  block  under  the  MidCap  First  Amendment  became  effective  on  April  8,  2020,  following  the 
consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Subordinated Loan Facility (defined below).

On  April  8,  2020,  the  Company,  as  borrower,  together  with  Livewire  Ventures,  LLC  (wholly  owned  by  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer, 
Edward R. Grauch), MidAtlantic IRA, LLC FBO Steven L. Shea IRA (an IRA account for the benefit of the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Steven Shea), 
Carol M. Pallé and Robert J. Pallé, Anthony J. Bruno, and Stephen K. Necessary, as lenders (collectively, the “Initial Lenders”) and Robert J. Pallé, as Agent 
for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”) entered into a certain Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement (the “Subordinated Loan 
Agreement”), pursuant to which the lenders from time to time party thereto may provide up to $1,500,000 of loans to the Company (the “Subordinated Loan 
Facility”). Interest accrues on the outstanding amounts advanced under the Subordinated Loan Facility at the rate of 12% per annum, compounded and payable 
monthly, in-kind, by the automatic increase of the principal amount of the loan on each monthly interest payment date, by the amount of the accrued interest 
payable at that time (“PIK Interest”); provided, however, that at the option of the Company, it may pay interest in cash on any interest payment date, in lieu of 
PIK Interest.

On April 8, 2020, the Initial Lenders agreed to provide the Company with a Tranche A term loan facility of $800,000, of which $600,000 was advanced 
to the Company on April 8, 2020, $100,000 was advanced to the Company on April 17, 2020 and $100,000 was advanced to the Company on January 12, 2021. 
The Initial Lenders participating in the Tranche A term loan facility have the option of converting the principal balance of the loan held by each of them, in 
whole (unless otherwise agreed by the Company), into shares of the Company’s common stock, at a conversion price equal to the volume weighted average 
price of the Common Stock as reported by the NYSE American, during the five trading days preceding April 8, 2020 (the “Tranche A Conversion Price”) 
which was calculated at $0.593. The conversion right was subject to stockholder approval as required by the rules of the NYSE American, and was obtained on 
June 11, 2020 at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders.

30

On  April  24,  2020,  the  Company,  the  Initial  Lenders  and  Ronald  V.  Alterio  (the  Company’s  Senior  Vice  President-Engineering,  Chief  Technology 
Officer) and certain additional unaffiliated investors (the “Additional Lenders,” and, together with the Initial Lenders, the “Lenders”) entered into the First 
Amendment to Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (the “Amendment”). The Amendment provides for the funding of 
$200,000 of additional loans as a Tranche B term loan under the Subordinated Loan Facility established under the Subordinated Loan Agreement, with such 
loans being provided by the Additional Lenders. The Amendment also sets the conversion price of $0.55 (the “Tranche B Conversion Price”) with respect to 
the right of the Additional Lenders to convert the accreted principal balance of the loans held by each of them into shares of the Company’s common stock. The 
terms  and  conditions  of  the  conversion  rights  applicable  to  the  Initial  Lenders  and  the  Additional  Lenders  are  otherwise  identical  in  all  material  respects, 
including  the  terms  restricting  conversion  to  an  aggregate  amount  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  would  not  result  in  the  Company’s  non-compliance  with 
NYSE American rules requiring stockholder approval of issuances or potential issuances of shares in excess of the percentage limits specified therein or in an 
amount that may be deemed to constitute a change of control under such rules. These restrictions terminated as the requisite stockholder approval was obtained 
on June 11, 2020 at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders.

On April 10, 2020, the Company received loan proceeds of approximately $1,769,000 (“PPP Loan”) under the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). 
The  PPP,  established  as  part  of  the  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief  and  Economic  Security  Act  (“CARES  Act”),  provided  for  loans  to  qualifying  businesses  for 
amounts up to 2.5 times the average monthly payroll expenses of the qualifying business. The PPP Loan and accrued interest are forgivable after twenty-four 
weeks (the “Covered Period”) as long as the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and maintains 
its payroll levels. The amount of loan forgiveness would be reduced if the borrower terminated employees or reduced salaries during the eight-week period.

The PPP Loan is evidenced by a promissory note, dated as of April 5, 2020 (the “Note”), between the Company, as Borrower, and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, N.A., as Lender (the “Lender”). The interest rate on the Note is 0.98% per annum, with interest accruing on the unpaid principal balance computed on the 
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. No payments of principal or interest are due during the ten-month period beginning after the 
Covered Period (the “Deferral Period”).

On October 29, 2020, the unaffiliated Additional Investors as described in Note 6, submitted irrevocable notices of conversion under the Tranche B 
Term Loan. As a result, approximately $175,000 of original principal and $11,000 of PIK interest outstanding under the Tranche B Term Loan were converted 
into 338,272 shares of Company common stock in full satisfaction of the underlying indebtedness.

On December 14, 2020, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain accredited investors (the 
“Purchasers”) for the sale and issuance by the Company to the Purchasers of (i) an aggregate of 1,429,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common 
stock and (ii) warrants (the “Purchaser Warrants”) to purchase an aggregate of up to 714,000 shares of common stock (the “Purchaser Warrant Shares”), 
for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $1,000, before deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company 
also agreed to issue to the placement agents and certain persons affiliated with the placement agents, as additional compensation, (a) fully-vested warrants (the 
“Placement  Agent  Warrants”)  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  up  to  100,000  shares  (the  “Placement  Agent  Warrant  Shares”)  of  common  stock  and  (b) 
contingent  warrants  (the  “Placement  Agent  Contingent  Warrants”)  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  up  to  an  additional  50,000  shares  (the  “Placement  Agent 
Contingent Warrant Shares”) of common stock. The transaction closed on December 15, 2020.

The Purchase Agreement also includes terms that give the Purchasers certain price protections, providing for adjustments of the number of shares of 
common  stock  held  by  them  in  the  event  of certain  future  dilutive  securities  issuances  by  the  Company  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  18  months  following  the 
closing of the private placement, or such earlier date on which all of the Purchaser Warrants have been exercised. In addition, the Purchase Agreement provides 
the Purchasers with a right to participate in certain future Company financings, up to 30% of the amount of such financings, for a period of 24 months following 
the closing of the private placement. The Purchase Agreement also required the Company to register the resale of the Shares and the Purchaser Warrant Shares 
pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the Purchasers, dated as of December 14, 2020, as further described below. 
The  Company  filed  a  registration  statement  with  the  SEC  on  January  14,  2021  to  register  the  resale  of  the  Shares  and  the  Purchaser  Warrant  Shares,  which 
registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on January 21, 2021.

The Purchaser Warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share, are exercisable beginning on December 15, 2020, and have a term of three years. 
The exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of each Purchaser Warrant is subject to appropriate adjustments in the 
event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting the common stock. The fair value 
of the Purchaser Warrants is $643,000.

31

In certain circumstances, upon the occurrence of a fundamental transaction, a holder of Purchaser Warrants is entitled to receive, upon any subsequent 
exercise of the Purchaser Warrant, for each Purchaser Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise of the Purchaser Warrant immediately 
prior  to  the  fundamental  transaction,  at  the  option  of  the  holder,  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  successor  or  acquiring  corporation  or  of  the 
Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable as a result of the fundamental transaction by a holder of the number of 
shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  for  which  the  Purchaser  Warrant  is  exercisable  immediately  prior  to  the  fundamental  transaction.  If  holders  of  the 
Company’s common stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a fundamental transaction, then the Holder shall be given 
the choice as to the additional consideration it receives upon any exercise of the Purchaser Warrant following the fundamental transaction.

The Placement Agent Warrants have an exercise price of $0.70 per share, a term of five years from December 14, 2020, and became exercisable upon 
the Company obtaining the stockholder approval described above. The exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of each 
Placement  Agent  Warrant  is  subject  to  appropriate  adjustments  in  the  event  of  certain  stock  dividends  and  distributions,  stock  splits,  stock  combinations, 
reclassifications or similar events affecting the common stock. The Placement Agent Warrants also provide the holders with certain “piggyback” registration 
rights, permitting the holders to request that the Company include the Placement Agent Warrant Shares for sale in certain registration statements filed by the 
Company. The fair value of the Placement Agent Warrants is $121,000.

The  Placement  Agent  Contingent  Warrants  have  an  exercise  price  of  $1.25  per  share,  a  term  of  five  years  from  December  14,  2020,  and  become 
exercisable  if,  and  to  the  extent,  holders  of  the  Purchaser  Warrants  exercise  such  Purchaser  Warrants.  In  no  event,  however,  will  the  Placement  Agent 
Contingent Warrants become exercisable unless and until Stockholder Approval has been  obtained. The exercise price and the number of shares of common 
stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  each  Placement  Agent  Contingent  Warrant  is  subject  to  appropriate  adjustments  in  the  event  of  certain  stock  dividends  and 
distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting the common stock. The Placement Agent Contingent Warrants also 
provide the holders with certain “piggyback” registration rights, permitting the holders to request that the Company include the Placement Agent Contingent 
Warrant Shares for sale in certain registration statements filed by the Company. The fair value of the Placement Agent Contingent Warrants is $56,000.

On January 28, 2021, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder 
(the “LSA Third Amendment”) with the Tranche A Parties, the Tranche B Parties (that had not previously converted the loans attributable to each of them into 
shares  of  Common  Stock),  the  Agent  and  certain  other  investors  (the  “Tranche  C  Parties”).  Pursuant  to  the  LSA  Third  Amendment,  the  parties  agreed  to 
increase  the  aggregate  loan  limit  under  the  Subordinated  Loan  Agreement  from  $1,500,000  to  $1,600,000  and  the  Tranche  C  Parties  agreed  to  provide  the 
Company with a commitment for a $600,000 term loan facility, all of which was advanced to the Company on January 29, 2021 (the “Tranche C Loans”). As 
is the case with the loans provided by the Tranche A Parties and Tranche B Parties, interest on the Tranche C Loans accrues at 12% per annum and is payable 
monthly in-kind, by the automatic increase of the principal amount of the loans on each monthly interest payment date, by the amount of the accrued interest 
payable at that time. The Company, at its option, may pay any interest due on the Tranche C Loans in cash on any interest payment date in lieu of PIK Interest. 
The  Tranche  C  Parties  also  have  the  option,  following  Stockholder  Approval  (defined  below)  of  converting  the  accreted  principal  balance  of  the  Tranche  C 
Loans attributable to each of them into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a conversion price of $1.00.

Both the Purchase Agreement and  the Subordinated Loan Agreement  (as amended  by the LSA Third Amendment) obligated  the  Company to call  a 
special  meeting  of  its  stockholders  to  seek  stockholder  approval  of  the  issuance  of  shares  of  its  Common  Stock  issuable  in  connection  with  the  transactions 
contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement and the LSA Third Amendment, in excess of 19.99% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common 
Stock, in accordance with the requirements of Section 713(a) of the NYSE American Company Guide. Stockholder approval of the foregoing was obtained on 
March 4, 2021.

The  obligations  of  the  Company  under  the  Subordinated  Loan  Agreement  are  guaranteed  by  Drake  and  are  secured  by  substantially  all  of  the 
Company’s and Drake’s assets. The Subordinated Loan Agreement has a maturity date three years from the date of closing, at which time the accreted principal 
balance of the loan (by virtue of the PIK Interest) plus any other accrued unpaid interest, would be due and payable in full. In connection with the Subordinated 
Loan Agreement, the Company, Drake, the Lenders and MidCap entered into a Subordination Agreement (the “Subordination Agreement”), pursuant to which 
the rights of the Lenders under the Subordinated Loan Agreement were subordinated to the rights of MidCap under the MidCap Agreement and related security 
documents. The Subordination Agreement precludes the Company from making cash payments of interest in lieu of PIK Interest, in  the absence of the prior 
written consent of MidCap or unless the Company is able to meet certain predefined conditions precedent to the making of any such payments of interest (or 
principal), as more fully described in the Subordination Agreement.

As  noted  above,  the  principal  and  accrued  interest  under  the  Note  evidencing  the  PPP  Loan  are  forgivable  after  twenty-four  weeks  as  long  the 
Company has used the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and maintains its payroll levels. The amount of loan 
forgiveness  will  be  reduced  if  the  Company  terminates  employees  or  reduces  salaries  during  the  eight-week  period.  The  Company  used  the  proceeds  for 
purposes consistent with the PPP. While the Company currently believes that its use of the PPP Loan proceeds will meet the conditions for forgiveness of the 
PPP Loan, we cannot assure you that we will not take actions that could cause the Company to be ineligible for forgiveness of the PPP Loan, in whole or in part. 
In order to obtain full or partial forgiveness of the PPP Loan, the Company must request forgiveness and must provide satisfactory documentation in accordance 
with applicable Small Business Administration (“SBA”) guidelines. Interest payable on the Note may be forgiven only if the SBA agrees to pay such interest on 
the forgiven principal amount of the Note. The Company will be obligated to repay any portion of the principal amount of the Note that is not forgiven, together 
with interest accrued and accruing thereon at the rate set forth above, until such unforgiven portion is paid in full. 

32

Beginning one month following expiration of the Deferral Period, and continuing monthly until 24 months from the date of the Note (the “Maturity 
Date”), the Company is obligated to make monthly payments of principal and interest to the Lender with respect to any unforgiven portion of the Note, in such 
equal  amounts  required  to  fully  amortize  the  principal  amount  outstanding  on  the  Note  as  of  the  last  day  of  the  Deferral  Period  by  the  Maturity  Date.  The 
Company is permitted to prepay the Note at any time without payment of any premium.

In other efforts to alleviate the liquidity pressures and reposition the Company to generate positive cash flow at a lower level of net sales, since August 
2019, the Company has implemented a multi-phase cost-reduction program which reduced cash expenses during 2019 by approximately $200,000 per month 
and  which  provided  annualized  cash  savings  of  approximately  $2,400,000  during  2020,  compared  to  the  Company’s  costs  as  they  existed  prior  to  the 
commencement of the cost reduction program. Although the Company believes it has made and will continue to make progress under these programs and the 
funding  provided  under  the  Subordinated  Loan  Agreement  and  available  as  a  result  of  the  release  of  the  availability  block  under  the  MidCap  Facility,  the 
Company operates in a rapidly evolving and often unpredictable business environment that may change the timing or amount of expected future cash receipts 
and expenditures. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our planned improvements will be successful.

Additionally,  beginning  during  the  last  week  of  February  2020  and  extending  currently,  the  Company  has  been  experiencing  specific  COVID-19 
related reductions in sales due to customers requesting to delay specific purchases and/or previously anticipated purchase orders and shipments. A portion of the 
Company’s customers are either fully or partially closed or operating with reduced staffing levels due in part to a range of government mandates or corporate 
policies such as shelter-in-place, the closure of non-essential businesses, and other restrictions. This reduction in sales began in the range of 15% to 30% week 
by week deviations from expected/forecasted levels in March 2020 and then grew to a range of 45% to 55% deviations from expected/forecasted levels during 
the April to August time period. One of our major customers who accounted for approximately 10% of net sales during the three-month period ended March 31, 
2020, and who previously informed the Company that pending orders for delivery in May and June 2020 were on hold, has more recently advised the Company 
that a portion of those orders are now cancelled. It is possible that sales may continue to decline further in future periods during 2021 and beyond, as upticks in 
cases of COVID-19 continue to be reported around the country, which may result in renewed closures and governmental mandates restricting or further delaying 
efforts to return to business as usual. While the majority of the Company’s customers remain open for business and have informed the Company of their current 
intentions to remain open through the current circumstances, and despite a portion of the Company’s customers having reopened during Q3 2020, subsequent 
spikes  in  reported  COVID-19  cases  have  resulted  in  certain  customers  deferring  or  delaying  previously  planned  meetings  and  business  discussions.  The 
Company  has  reacted  to  these  unprecedented  circumstances,  as  many  enterprises  have  had  to  do  over  the  course  of  March  through  December  2020  (and 
continuing  today),  with  a  range  of  actions designed  to  compensate  for  anticipated  temporary  revenue  shortfalls,  manage  the  Company’s  working  capital  and 
minimize the overall financial impact of this disruption, including implementation of exceptional short-term operating expense reductions, such as temporary 
manufacturing shut-downs, employee furloughs and supplier payment renegotiations. The Company has finalized several supplier renegotiations and is still in 
process with other suppliers to allow for alterations of shipment and receive dates of incoming parts and inventory in other cases.

While management of the Company believes that the Company will be successful in its planned operating activities, there can be no assurance that the 
Company  will  be  successful  in  generating  sufficient  revenues  and  reduced  expenses  to  sustain  the  operations  of  the  Company.  The  accompanying  financial 
statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which contemplate continuation of 
the  Company  as  a  going  concern.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  experienced  a  decline  in  sales,  a  reduction  in  working  capital, 
reported a loss from operations and net cash used in operating activities, in conjunction with liquidity constraints. These factors raise substantial doubt about the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects 
on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to 
continue as a going concern. If anticipated operating results are not achieved and/or the Company is unable to obtain additional financing, it may be required to 
take additional measures to reduce costs in order to conserve its cash in amounts sufficient to sustain operations and meet its obligations, which measures could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives and may be insufficient to enable the Company to continue as 
a going concern for at least twelve months from the date these financial statements are made available to be issued.

The Company expects to use cash generated from operations to meet its long-term debt obligations. The Company also expects to make financed and 
unfinanced long-term capital expenditures from time to time in the ordinary course of business, which capital expenditures were $165,000 and $263,000 in the 
years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The  Company expects  to  use  cash  generated from  operations,  amounts  available  under  the  MidCap 
Facility, amounts available under the Subordinated Loan Facility, and purchase-money financing to meet any anticipated long-term capital expenditures.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Preparing financial 
statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  the  Company  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting period. The following paragraphs include a discussion of some critical areas where estimates are required. You should also 
review Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of significant accounting policies.

33

Inventory and Obsolescence

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or net realizable value.

The Company periodically analyzes anticipated product sales based on historical results, current backlog and marketing plans. Based on these analyses, 
the Company anticipates that certain products will not be sold during the next twelve months. Inventories that are not anticipated to be sold in the next twelve 
months, have been classified as non-current.

The  Company  continually  analyzes  its  slow-moving  and  excess  inventories.  Based  on  historical  and  projected  sales  volumes  and  anticipated  selling 
prices, the Company establishes reserves. Inventory that is in excess of current and projected use is reduced by an allowance to a level that approximates its 
estimate of future demand. Products that are determined to be obsolete are written down to net realizable value.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. The Company sells its products primarily to distributors and private cable 
operators.  The  Company  performs  continuing  credit  evaluations  of  its  customers’  financial  condition  and  although  the  Company  generally  does  not  require 
collateral, letters of credit may be required from its customers in certain circumstances.

Senior  management  reviews  accounts  receivable on  a  monthly  basis  to determine if  any  receivables  will  potentially  be  uncollectible.  The  Company 
includes  any  accounts  receivable  balances  that  are  determined  to  be  uncollectible,  along  with  a  general  reserve  based  on  historical  experience,  in  its  overall 
allowance for doubtful accounts.

Long-Lived Assets

The  Company  continually  monitors  events  and  changes  in  circumstances  that  could  indicate  carrying  amounts  of  the  long-lived  assets,  including 
intangible assets may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, the Company assesses recoverability by determining whether the 
carrying value  of  such  assets will be  recovered through  the undiscounted expected  future  cash flows. If  the future  undiscounted cash  flows  are  less  than  the 
carrying amount of these assets, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. The Company did 
not recognize any intangible asset impairment charges in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets

The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of the FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred income taxes are provided for 
temporary differences in the recognition of certain income and expenses for financial and tax reporting purposes. Valuation allowances are established when 
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 in the financial statement pages.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Incorporated by reference from the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of the Company, which are attached hereto beginning on page 

F-1.

34

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The  Company  maintains  a  system  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed  in  the  Company’s  reports  filed  or  submitted  pursuant  to  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
“Exchange  Act”),  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  rules  and forms  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated 
and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  its  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the 
period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective at December 31, 2020.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America.

All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations.  Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can 

provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making 
this  assessment,  it  used  the  2013  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment the Company believes that, as of December 31, 2020 the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting is effective based on those criteria.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial 
reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission for Smaller Reporting Companies that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

During  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2020,  there  have  been  no  changes  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  have 

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

35

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information Regarding Board of Directors

PART III

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect, provide that our Board of Directors (“Board”) 
shall  consist  of  between  five  and  eleven  members,  as  determined  from  time  to  time  by  the  Board,  divided  into  three  classes  as  nearly  equal  in  number  as 
possible. The successors to each class of directors whose terms expire at an annual meeting of our stockholders will be elected to hold office for a term expiring 
at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. The number of directors currently authorized is eleven.

The following table sets forth the names and certain information about each of our Directors:

Name

Rick Briggs
Anthony J. Bruno
John Burke
Charles E. Dietz
Michael Hawkey
Stephen K Necessary
Robert J. Pallé
Gary P. Scharmett
Steven L. Shea
James F. Williams
James H. Williams

Age

64
80
58
73
55
64
75
65
61
63
89

Director Since

2020
2008
2020
2011
2020
2018
1993
1997
2009
1993
2015

Set forth below is a brief summary of the recent business experience and background of each of our director. The Board believes that each director 
possesses  the  qualities  and  experience  that  directors  should  possess,  as  such  criteria  for  Board  membership  has  been  established  by  the  Board  through  its 
Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  Also  included  below  is  information  about  each  director’s  specific  experience,  qualifications,  attributes  or 
skills that led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director. As reflected, the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee seeks out, and the 
Board is comprised of, individuals with diverse professional backgrounds, experiences and skills.

Rick Briggs has been one of our Directors since August 2020. Mr. Briggs co-founded Stellar Private Cable, Inc. (doing business as “SeniorTV”) and 
served as its President until its sale to Sentrics Holdings, LLC (“Sentrics”) in November 2018. Following the sale to Sentrics, he continued to serve as President 
on a transition basis until January 2020, also served as its Chief Marketing Officer and then served as a consultant to Sentrics from January 2020 until May 
2020. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Advertising from Kent State University.

The Board concluded that Mr. Briggs should serve as a Director due to his extensive industry knowledge and management experience, including his 
experience as an entrepreneur and senior operating executive with more than 30 years of experience developing innovative technology solutions in the cable 
television and communications industry. In addition, Mr. Briggs’ expertise includes deployment of satellite and cable television systems, resident internet using 
DOCSIS and Wi-Fi via existing coaxial as well as new fiber optic distribution methods, digital signage and community resident information channels, all of 
which comprise a significant segment of the Company’s business.

Mr. Briggs serves as a Class I director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2023.

Anthony J. Bruno has been one of our Directors since February 1, 2008. Since 2007, Mr. Bruno has been a financial consultant providing corporate 
acquisition advisory services to various companies located in the United States. Prior to 2007, Mr. Bruno was the Vice-President of Finance for 18 years for 
Besam  Entrance  Solutions,  the  United  States  subsidiary  of  ASSA  ABLOY  Entrance  Systems,  a  Swedish  Company,  managing  all  aspects  of  its  financial 
activities in North America. Mr. Bruno also previously served as our Vice President of Finance from 1981 to 1989.

36

The Board concluded that Mr. Bruno should serve as a Director due to his significant executive management experience with a large, multi-national 

corporation and his expertise in finance and auditing matters, including financial reporting and corporate acquisitions.

Mr. Bruno serves as a Class I director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2023.

John Burke has been one of our Directors since January 23, 2020. Mr. Burke has served since 2017 as a Managing Partner of Vetust Advisors, which 
provides strategic and management consulting services to a variety of businesses. He previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 
of Rovi Corporation (since re-named TiVo) from 2014 to 2016, where he led the transformation of the company’s content discovery, user interface, and data 
analytics  businesses,  including  the  acquisition  of  TiVo.  Prior  to  joining  Rovi,  Mr.  Burke  led  a  number  of  different  businesses  for  ARRIS  Group,  Motorola, 
Motorola Mobility and General Instrument.

The Board concluded that Mr. Burke should serve as a Director due to his long record of strategic and operational leadership and intimate, in-depth 
knowledge of the cable, video and communications markets, which allows him to provide the Board with valuable guidance on product, market and strategic 
matters.

Mr. Burke serves as a Class II director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2021.

Charles E. Dietz has been one of our Directors since September 2011. Since 2008, Mr. Dietz has been an independent cable industry consultant to 
various clients within the cable industry. Prior to 2008, Mr. Dietz was Senior Vice President of Engineering for 12 years at Insight Communications, a multiple 
systems operator,  and from 2001 to 2008 served as Insight Communications’ Chief  Technical Officer. Mr. Dietz was  responsible for all technical aspects  of 
Insight Communications’ operations, including technology development and implementation, system construction and maintenance, purchasing, and technical 
regulatory compliance. Mr. Dietz has been a member of the Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers since 1978, and a member of Cable TV Pioneers 
since 2010.

The Board concluded that Mr. Dietz should serve as a Director due to his extensive industry knowledge and executive and technical experience in the 
cable  television  and  communications  industry,  including  the  analysis,  evaluation,  purchase,  use  and  deployment  of  products,  equipment  and  technology 
substantially similar to ours. Accordingly, Mr. Dietz brings valuable insight to our customer and vendor relationships and strong relationships with the cable 
industry to the Board.

Mr. Dietz serves as a Class III director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2022.

Michael  Hawkey  has  been  one  of  our  Directors  since  June  2020.  Until  February  2021,  Mr.  Hawkey  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager of Xperi/TiVo Corporation, where  he led growth initiatives, overall strategy and product offerings across TiVo’s product portfolio. Prior to joining 
TiVo in 2015, he spent more than seven and a half years with EchoStar, rising to the level of Senior Vice President and General Manager of Sling Media. Earlier 
in his career, Mr. Hawkey held engineering roles with Wester Digital, ASIC Designs, Inc, and McDonnell Douglas Electronics Company. He holds a Bachelor 
of Science in Computer Engineering from the Rose Hulman Institute for Technology.

The Board concluded that Mr. Hawkey should serve as a Director due to his extensive industry knowledge and management experience in the cable 

television and communications industry, including his experience in markets that are a focus of the Company’s business strategy.

Mr. Hawkey serves as a Class III director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2022.

Stephen K. Necessary has been one of our Directors since January 2018. He currently serves and the Chairman of the Board of ComSonics, Inc., an 
ESOP-owned  company  that  is engaged  in  manufacturing  of  telecommunications  test  equipment,  contract manufacturing  and  repair  of  electronics  used  in  the 
cable  telecommunications  industry.  From  2015  until  December  2017,  Mr.  Necessary  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Product  Development  and 
Management  at  Cox  Communications,  Inc.,  where  he  directed  new  development  and  lifecycle  management  for  all  products  across  residential  and  business 
portfolios  that  generated  over  $11  billion  in  revenue  in  2017.  Mr.  Necessary  retired  from  that  position  at  the  end  of  2017,  continued  in  2018  on  a  part-time 
consulting  basis,  and  completely  retired  at  the  end  of  2018.  From  2005  to  2015,  Mr.  Necessary  served  as  Vice  President,  Video  Product  Development  and 
Management at Cox Communications.

37

The Board concluded that Mr. Necessary should serve as a Director due to his extensive industry knowledge and executive and technical experience in 
the cable television and communications industry, including his management experience in directing product development and lifecycle management. Through 
his  career-long  experience  in  the  industry  served  by  the  company,  Mr.  Necessary  brings  valuable  insight  to  the  Board  regarding  customer  needs,  product 
development and relationships with our key customer base.

Mr. Necessary serves as a Class I director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2023.

Robert  J.  Pallé  has  been  one  of  our  Directors  since  September,  1993.  He  served  as  our  President  from  May,  2003  until  May,  2019,  our  Chief 
Executive Officer from May, 2015 until December 31, 2019 and our Managing Director-Strategic Accounts during 2020, ending his service as an employee of 
the  Company  on  December  31,  2020.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Pallé  served  as  our  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Secretary  since  April,  1989,  our  Executive  Vice 
President from April, 1989 until May, 2003 and as our Interim Treasurer from March through April, 2001.

The  Board  concluded  that  Mr.  Pallé  should  serve  as  a  Director  due  to  his  extensive  business  and  management  experience  with  us  in  various  senior 
management positions and his in-depth knowledge of our products, lines of business, long-term strategies, challenges and opportunities. Mr. Pallé brings a broad 
perspective to the Board’s deliberations due to his many years of service to the Company, including as our Chief Executive Officer and President.

Mr. Pallé serves as a Class II director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2021.

Gary P. Scharmett has been one of our Directors since December, 1997. Since January, 1989, Mr. Scharmett has been a partner in the law firm of 
Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, our outside counsel, and served on the Board of Directors of that firm from January, 2001 until December, 2003. He 
presently serves as the Co-Chair of that firm’s Finance & Restructuring Practice Group. Mr. Scharmett is a past President, and currently a member of the Board 
of Directors of The Association of Commercial Finance Attorneys, Inc., and until December 31, 2019, had served for more than the prior five years as a member 
of the Board of Directors of the Philadelphia Chapter of the Turnaround Management Association.

The Board concluded that Mr. Scharmett should serve as a Director due to the important experience, judgment and perspective he brings to the Board 
based upon his forty years of experience as a corporate attorney, representing a diverse range of companies on complex matters, including financing, regulatory 
and  corporate  governance  matters.  In  addition,  having  served  as  our  principal  legal  advisor  since  1989,  Mr.  Scharmett  has  a  unique  understanding  of  our 
business and the industry in which we operate and compete.

Mr. Scharmett serves as a Class II director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2021.

Steven L. Shea has been one of our Directors since September, 2009 and was appointed to serve as the Chairman of the Board in May 2015. Mr. Shea 
has  more  than  twenty-five  years  of  investment  banking  experience.  He  was  appointed  to  the  Board  of  the  Directors  of  Unico  American  Corp.  (Nasdaq: 
“UNAM”) in November 2020 and became its Chairman of the Board in February 2021. From January 2016 until January 2018, Mr. Shea served on the Board of 
Directors of TradeRiver Finance USA. From November 2013 until February 2017, Mr. Shea served as Special Advisor to Tufton Capital Management, LLC, an 
SEC registered investment advisor (formerly known as Hardesty Capital Management, LLC). From November 2013 through May 2015, Mr. Shea also served as 
Chairman of the Executive Committee of Hardesty Capital Management, LLC. From January, 2011 until November, 2013, he served as President of Hardesty 
Capital  Management,  LLC  and  Hardesty  Capital  Corporation,  which  provide  investment  advisory  services  to  corporations,  institutions  and  individuals.  Prior 
thereto, Mr. Shea was an Executive Vice President of Ferris, Baker Watts, Inc. (“Ferris Baker”), from 1999 until the sale of such firm in 2008. Mr. Shea also 
served as the Executive Director of the Capital Markets Division of Ferris Baker and was a member of their Board of Directors and Executive and Strategic 
Alternative Committees of its Board of Directors. Prior to his position at Ferris Baker, Mr. Shea was a Vice President with Mercantile Safe Deposit and Trust 
Company from 1989 to 1993, and was a Vice President at Maryland National Bank from 1981 to 1989.

The  Board  concluded  that  Mr.  Shea  should  serve  as  a  Director  due  to  his  extensive  financial,  merchant  banking,  capital  markets  and  executive 
management experience gained as an investment banker, including his knowledge of growth strategies, acquisition analysis and shareholder relations. He also 
has an in-depth familiarity with the technology and manufacturing sectors, along with experience as a director of other corporations.

38

Mr. Shea serves as a Class I director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2023.

James F. Williams has been one of our Directors since September, 1993. Since June 1999, he has served as the Chief Financial Officer and a Director 
of OSC Holding, Inc. and its subsidiaries, which provide demolition, environmental and civil contracting services primarily in the United States and Canada. 
From July, 2007 through February 2013, Mr. Williams served as a Director, Managing Member and Vice President of Buffalo City Center Leasing, LLC, which, 
was a lessor of electronic equipment. Mr. Williams is the nephew of James H. Williams, one of our directors.

The Board concluded that Mr. Williams should serve as a Director due to his strong experience in strategic planning, leadership, finance and executive 
management  with  various  organizations.  As  a  director  for  nearly  thirty  years,  Mr.  Williams  also  provides  perspective,  institutional  knowledge  and  a  deep 
understanding of our business.

Mr. Williams serves as a Class III director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2022.

James H. Williams has been one of our directors since February 2015. He was also a Director of the Company from November, 1988 to May 2006, 
and served as our Chairman of the Board from November, 1988 until November, 1994. From 1995 to 2014, Mr. Williams served as a consultant to us under a 
written agreement, which agreement was terminated as of December 31, 2014. Mr. Williams is the uncle of James F. Williams, one of our Directors.

The Board concluded that Mr. Williams should serve as a Director due to his in-depth knowledge and understanding of our business, operations and 
strategies, as well as bringing an important historical perspective of our Company to the Board’s deliberations. Through Mr. Williams’ years of experience as an 
entrepreneur  and  investor  in  many  diverse  businesses,  he  contributes  a  common  sense  approach  to  our  Board  discussions  and  deliberations  on  strategic  and 
business matters.

Mr. Williams serves as a Class III director, with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2022.

Information Regarding Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names and certain information about each of our executive officers:

Name

Edward R. Grauch
Eric S. Skolnik
Ronald V. Alterio
Allen Horvath

Age

55
56
51
69

Position

Chief Executive Officer and President
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Senior Vice President-Engineering, Chief Technology Officer
Senior Vice President-Operations

Edward R. “Ted” Grauch currently serves as our Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Grauch was appointed as our President in May, 2019 
and assumed the additional role as Chief Executive Officer on January 1, 2020. Prior to his appointment as President, Mr. Grauch served as our Executive Vice 
President and Chief Operating Officer since October 30, 2018. Immediately prior to joining the Company, he served as President of Kaon USA, Inc., the US 
subsidiary  of  South  Korea-based  Kaonmedia  Co.,  Ltd.,  one  of  the  world’s  largest  Set-Top  and  Broadband  device  manufacturers,  where  his  responsibilities 
included  all  management,  finance,  and  technology  marketing,  competing  within  the  North  American  market  as  a  major  electronics  supplier.  Mr.  Grauch 
previously  served  at  Comcast/Xfinity  as  Vice  President,  Head  of  Video  CPE  at  their  Philadelphia  headquarters,  and  with  ST  Microelectronics  in  Grenoble, 
France  as  Vice  President,  head  of  global  marketing  and  as  a  Senior  Vice  President  at  Nagravision  SA.  Mr.  Grauch  holds  an  MBA  from  Johns  Hopkins 
University and a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Drexel University..

Eric S. Skolnik has been a Senior Vice President since May, 2003 and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since May, 2001. Mr. Skolnik also 
serves as our Secretary since May 2018. Mr. Skolnik served as our Assistant Secretary from May 2001 through May 2018 and as our Interim Chief Financial 
Officer from January, 2001 through April, 2001. He was our Corporate Controller from May, 2000 through January, 2001. From 1994 until May, 2000, Mr. 
Skolnik worked as a certified public accountant with BDO USA, LLP. Mr. Skolnik holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Rutgers University.

39

Ronald V. Alterio has been Senior Vice President-Engineering, Chief Technology Officer since January 23, 2020. Prior to his appointment as Senior 
Vice President, Mr. Alterio served as our Vice President-Engineering, Chief Technology Officer since July 23, 2018. From 2016 until he joined the Company, 
Mr. Alterio served as Vice President – Engineering of ARRIS, following ARRIS’ acquisition of Pace plc. Mr. Alterio served in a variety of positions at the Pace 
Americas unit of Pace plc since 2000. His titles ranging from Junior Software engineer to Senior Vice President Engineering of the Americas. In his time at 
Pace, Mr. Alterio was also a prime interface to Comcast Cable, as well as other tier2 or tier3 MSO’s. Mr. Alterio holds an Electrical Engineering degree from 
the University of Florida, where he attended after leaving the US Air force in 1995.

Allen Horvath has been our Senior Vice President-Operations since January 23, 2020. Prior to his appointment as Senior Vice President, Mr. Horvath 
served as our Vice President-Operations since May, 2013 and as our Vice President-Manufacturing since May, 2003 and is responsible for our manufacturing 
operations.  Mr.  Horvath  served  as  our  Manufacturing  Manager  from  1998  until  May,  2003.  Since  1976,  Mr.  Horvath  has  served  us  in  various  management 
positions in the areas of production testing, engineering, quality control and manufacturing.

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

Historically,  the  Board  has  determined  that  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  was  best  situated  to  serve  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  because  he  was  the 
Director most familiar with our business and industry, and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading the discussion and execution of 
strategy.  Independent Directors and  management  have  different  perspectives and  roles  in  strategy  development.  Our  independent  Directors  bring  experience, 
oversight and expertise from outside the company and industry, while the Chief Executive Officer brings company-specific experience and expertise. Following 
the  resignation  of  our  then-serving  Chairman  and  CEO  in  2015,  our  Board  carefully  evaluated  our  Board  governance  structure  and  considered  alternative 
approaches.  As  a  result  of  that  evaluation  and  analysis,  the  Board  determined  that  it  was  in  the  Company’s  best  interests  to  appoint  one  of  the  independent 
Directors as Chairman of the Board. As a result, in May 2015, the Board appointed Steven L. Shea to serve as our Chairman of the Board, and because the 
Board continues to believe that it is in the best interests of the Company to have an independent Chairman of the Board, Mr. Shea continues to serve as our 
Chairman.

The Board believes that establishing the right “tone at the top” and full and open communication between management and the Board are essential for 
effective risk management and oversight. At each regular Board meeting, the Board receives reports from members of senior management on areas of material 
risk to the Company, including operational, financial, strategic and performance risks. The full Board receives these reports from the appropriate “risk owner” 
within the organization to facilitate our risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies. This enables the Board to coordinate risk oversight, 
particularly with respect to risk interrelationships across corporate disciplines.

The Board has an  active role, as  a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of our risks.  The Audit Committee assists the 
Board  in  fulfilling  its  oversight  responsibilities  with  respect  to  areas  of  financial  reporting  and  compliance  with  laws,  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to  us, 
including those related to accounting regulation,  insider trading, antitrust,  and employment discrimination, whistle blowing and conflicts  of interest faced by 
employees, officers and directors. The Compensation Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to our compensation 
policies  and  programs.  The  Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance  Committee  assists  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  oversight  responsibilities  with  respect  to  the 
management of risks associated with Board organization and membership, and succession planning for our Directors and senior executive officers.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

The Company has a separately designated standing audit committee that has been established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) and Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee is currently comprised of 
Anthony J. Bruno, Charles E. Dietz, Steven L. Shea, and James F. Williams, each of whom is a non-employee Director. The Audit Committee, among other 
things:

● oversees our accounting and financial reporting process and audits of our financial statements;

● selects, retains or terminates our independent registered public accounting firm;

● reviews the plans and results of the audit engagement with the independent registered public accounting firm;

40

● discusses with the independent registered public accounting firm all necessary accounting policies and practices to be used and alternative 

treatments of financial information discussed with management;

● oversees the work of the independent registered public accounting firm;

● evaluates and pre-approves audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm;

● reviews the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

● assures the regular rotation of the audit partners;

● considers the range of audit and non-audit fees and determines the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm;

● reviews financial and earnings information released to the public, analysts and other third parties; and

● reviews the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

Each of the members of the Audit Committee who served during the 2020 fiscal year was determined by the Board to be independent, as independence 
for  audit  committee  members  is  defined  by  NYSE  American  and  each  also  meets  the  requirements  of  Rule  10A-3  under  the  Exchange  Act.  In  addition,  the 
Board has determined that a member of the Audit Committee, Anthony J. Bruno, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Section 407(d)
(5)(ii)  of  Regulation  S-K.  The  Board  has  adopted  a  written  charter  for  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Board,  in  concert  with  the  Audit  Committee,  reviews  and 
reassesses the charter for adequacy on an annual basis. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is available on our website at www.blondertongue.com under the 
“About Us/Investor Relations/Audit Committee Charter” caption.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is currently comprised of John Burke, Anthony J. Bruno, Charles E. Dietz, Stephen K. Necessary and Steven L. Shea, 
each of whom is a non-employee Director. Mr. Necessary serves as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Each of the members of the Compensation 
Committee who served during the 2020 fiscal year was determined by the Board to be independent, as independence for compensation committee members is 
defined by NYSE American rules.

The Compensation Committee determines compensation for our executive officers and administers each of our existing equity incentive plans, other 
than the Amended and Restated 2005 Director Equity Incentive Plan, the 2016 Director Equity Incentive Plan and the Amended and Restated Director Stock 
Purchase Plan, each of which is administered by the Board.

The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities include, among other duties, the responsibility to:

● evaluate the performance of the Chief Executive Officer/President;

● review and approve the base salary (subject to Board approval), bonus, incentive compensation and any other compensation for the Chief 

Executive Officer/President;

● review the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations for the compensation of the other executive officers, make appropriate adjustments and 

approve such compensation;

● monitor our cash bonus and equity-based compensation plans and discharge the duties imposed on the Compensation Committee by the terms of 

those plans;

● review and approve the proposal regarding the Say on Pay Vote when the same is required to be included in our proxy statement, and to review 

and recommend to the Board for approval the frequency with which we will conduct Say on Pay Votes; and

● perform other functions or duties deemed appropriate by the Board.

Compensation  decisions  for  the  Chief  Executive  Officer/President  and  all  other  executive  officers  are  reviewed  and  approved  by  the  Compensation 
Committee, subject to ratification by the Board of the base salary for the Chief Executive Officer/President. The Compensation Committee relies upon the Chief 
Executive Officer to assist the Compensation Committee in performing its duties with regard to all other executive officers. The Compensation Committee does 
not delegate any of its authority to other persons. In recent years the Compensation Committee has not retained a compensation consultant in determining the 
base salary for our executive officers or for any other purpose.

41

With  regard  to  the  compensation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer/President  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  Compensation  Committee  reviews 
individual  performance,  written  comments  and  performance  grades  received  from  members  of  the  Board  regarding  performance,  relevant  compensation 
information from salary surveys (when available), and summary information and periodically, comments from peer review questionnaires. The Chief Executive 
Officer also provides the Compensation Committee with a summary review of the President’s (except when the Chief Executive Officer and the President are 
the  same  person)  performance.  Based  upon  its  review  of  all  of  the  foregoing  information,  the  Compensation  Committee  determines  the  form  and  amount  of 
compensation for these officers, subject to Board approval of their base salaries. The base salary of the Chief Executive Officer/President is presently reviewed 
every year.

With regard to compensation for the other executive officers, the Compensation Committee  reviews the Chief Executive Officer’s  written summary 
review of the executive officers’ performance  and this information may  be  supplemented by summary information and comments from periodic peer review 
questionnaires. The Chief Executive Officer also provides a recommendation as to the appropriate form and amount of compensation for each other executive 
officer.  The  Compensation  Committee  reviews  and  considers  the  recommendation  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  makes  adjustments  as  appropriate  and 
approves them. This review and adjustment procedure is performed annually for the other executive officers.

The Compensation Committee does not establish the amount or form of Director compensation. These determinations are made and approved by the 
full  Board.  However,  the  Compensation  Committee  will  periodically  review  and  recommend  to  the  Board  compensation,  equity-based  plans  and  benefit 
programs  for  non-employee  Directors.  Grants  of  stock  option  awards  and/or  restricted  or  unrestricted  shares  to  non-employee  Directors  are  generally  made 
annually upon consideration and approval by the full Board with each non-employee Director abstaining from voting on an award to him.

The  Board  has  adopted  a  written  charter  for  the  Compensation  Committee.  The  Board,  in  concert  with  the  Compensation  Committee,  reviews  and 
reassesses the charter for adequacy on an annual basis. A copy of the Compensation Committee Charter is available on our website at www.blondertongue.com 
under the “About Us/Investor Relations/Compensation Committee Charter” caption.

Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee is currently comprised of John Burke, Stephen K. Necessary, Gary P. Scharmett and Steven L. 
Shea, each of whom is a non-employee Director. Mr. Scharmett serves as the Chairman of the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee. Each of the 
members of the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee who served during the 2020 fiscal year was determined by the Board to be independent, as 
independence for nominating committee members is defined by NYSE American rules.

The  Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance  Committee,  among  other  things,  considers  and  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  concerning  the 
appropriate  size  of  the  Board  and  nominees  to  stand  for  election  or  fill  vacancies  on  the  Board,  as  well  as  the  composition  of  our  standing  committees.  In 
particular,  the  Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance  Committee  identifies,  recruits,  considers  and  recommends  candidates  to  fill  positions  on  the  Board  in 
accordance with its criteria for Board membership (as such criteria are generally described below). In searching for qualified Director candidates to nominate for 
election  at  an  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  the  Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance  Committee  will  initially  consider  nominating  the  current  Directors 
whose  terms  are  expiring  and  will  consider  their  past  performance  on  the  Board,  along  with  the  criteria  for  Board  membership,  in  determining  whether  to 
nominate them for re-election. In connection with nominations for elections at annual meetings or to fill vacancies in the Board, the Nominating& Corporate 
Governance Committee may solicit the current members of the Board to identify qualified candidates through their business and other organizational networks 
and  may  also  retain  director  search  firms  as  it  determines  necessary  in  its  own  discretion.  The  Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance  Committee  will  then 
consider the potential pool of Director candidates derived from the foregoing process, select the top candidates to fill the number of openings based on their 
qualifications,  the  Board’s  needs  (including  the  need  for  independent  Directors)  and  the  criteria  for  Board  membership.  The  Nominating  &  Corporate 
Governance  Committee  will  then  conduct  a  thorough  investigation  of  the  proposed  candidates’  backgrounds  to  ensure  there  is  no  past  history  that  would 
disqualify such candidates from serving as Directors. Those candidates that are selected and pass the background investigation will be recommended to the full 
Board for nomination.

The criteria for a nominee to the Board include, among other things:

● the highest personal and professional ethics, strength of character, integrity and values;

● experience as a senior manager, chief operating officer or chief executive officer of a relatively complex organization or, if in a professional or 
scientific capacity, be accustomed to dealing with complex problems, or otherwise shall have obtained and excelled in a position of leadership;

42

● education, experience, intelligence, independence, fairness, reasoning ability, practical wisdom, and vision to exercise sound, mature judgments on 

a macro and entrepreneurial basis on matters which relate to our current and long-term objectives;

● competence and willingness to learn our business, and the breadth of viewpoint and experience necessary for an understanding of the diverse and 

sometimes conflicting interests of stockholders and other constituencies;

● the nominee should be of such an age at the time of election to assure a minimum of three years of service as a Director, and should be free and 
willing to attend regularly scheduled meetings of our Board and its committees over a sustained period and otherwise be able to contribute a 
reasonable amount of time to our company affairs;

● the stature and capability to represent us before the public, stockholders, and other various individuals and groups that affect us; and

● willingness to objectively appraise the performance of management in the interest of the stockholders and question management’s assumptions 

when inquiry is appropriate.

The Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee does not have a formal policy with respect to diversity. However, in order to enhance the overall 
quality of the Board’s deliberations and decisions, the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee seeks candidates with diverse professional backgrounds 
and experiences, representing a mix of industries and professions with varied skill sets and expertise.

The  Board  has  adopted  a  written  charter  for  the  Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  The  Board,  in  concert  with  the  Nominating  and 
Corporate  Governance  Committee,  reviews  and  reassesses  the  charter  for  adequacy  on  an  annual  basis.  A  copy  of  the  Nominating  &  Corporate  Governance 
Committee Charter is available on our website at www.blondertongue.com under the “About Us/Investor Relations/Nominating Committee Charter” caption.

Meetings of the Board of Directors and Committees

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  the  full  Board  held  19  meetings,  the  Compensation  Committee  held  six  meetings,  the  Nominating  & 
Corporate Governance Committee held six meetings, and the Audit Committee held five meetings. Each member of the Board attended (either in person or via 
teleconference) at least 75% of the aggregate of the total number of full Board meetings held in 2020 and each member of the standing committees of the Board 
attended  (either  in  person  or  via  teleconference)  at  least  75%  of  the  aggregate  of  the  total  number  of  committee  meetings  held  in  2020  with  respect  to  the 
committee(s) during the period in which the Director served during 2020.

Code of Ethics

The Company has a Code of Ethics (the “Ethics Code”) that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive 
officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Ethics Code is available on our website at www.blondertongue.com. We intend to satisfy 
the  disclosure  requirements  of  Form  8-K  with  respect  to  any  waivers  of  or  amendments  to  the  Ethics  Code  with  respect  to  certain  officers  by  posting  such 
disclosures on our website at www.blondertongue.com. We may, however, elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed with the SEC in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information on, or that can be accessed through our website is not, and shall not be 
deemed to be, a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated into any other filings that we make with the SEC.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our Directors and executive officers, and persons who are the beneficial 
owners of more than ten percent of our Common Stock (collectively, “Reporting Persons”), to file with the SEC, initial reports of ownership and reports of 
changes in ownership of our Common Stock.

Based solely on a review of the Section 16(a) reports filed with the SEC and written representations from the Reporting Persons to us, the Company 
believes that each person who was a Reporting Person during 2020 timely filed the reports required by Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, during 2020, except: (i) Ronald V. Alterio filed a late Form 4 on August 18, 2020 reporting acquisitions of an aggregate of 8,357 shares of Common 
Stock in transactions occurring in May 2020 through July 2020 under a deferred compensation arrangement, (ii) Rick Briggs filed a late Form 3 on August 20, 
2020 reporting his initial ownership of 10,000 shares of Common Stock and filed a late Form 4 on August 20, 2020 reporting his receipt of an option to purchase 
8,087 shares of Common Stock, (iii) Anthony Bruno filed a late Form 4 on August 20, 2020 reporting acquisitions of an aggregate of 12,943 shares of Common 
Stock  in  transactions  occurring  in  April  2020  and  July  2020  under  a  Director  deferred  compensation  arrangement,  (iv)  Charles  Dietz  filed  a  late  Form  4  on 
August  20,  2020  reporting  acquisitions  of  an  aggregate  of  37,291  shares  of  Common  Stock  in  transactions  occurring  in  April  2020  and  July  2020  under  a 
Director deferred compensation arrangement, (v) Edward R. Grauch filed a late Form 4 on August 18, 2020 reporting acquisitions of an aggregate of 75,380 
shares of Common Stock in transactions occurring in January 2020 through July 2020 under deferred compensation arrangements, (vi) Michael Hawkey filed a 
late Form 4 on June 24, 2020 reporting his receipt of an option to purchase 11,148 shares of Common Stock, (vii) Allen Horvath filed a late Form 4 on August 
18, 2020 reporting acquisitions of an aggregate of 16,714 shares of Common Stock in transactions occurring in May 2020 through July 2020 under a deferred 
compensation  arrangement,  (viii)  Stephen  K.  Necessary  filed  a  late  Form  4  on  August  20,  2020  reporting  acquisitions  of  an  aggregate  of  13,796  shares  of 
Common Stock in transactions occurring in April 2020 and July 2020 under a Director deferred compensation arrangement and (ix) Eric Skolnik filed a late 
Form 4 on August 18, 2020 reporting acquisitions of an aggregate of 3,761 shares of Common Stock in transactions occurring in May 2020 through July 2020 
under a deferred compensation arrangement.

43

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Executive Compensation

The following table summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by our Chief Executive Officer and our other named executive officers for 

services rendered to us in all capacities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Name and Principal Position
Edward R. Grauch

Chief Executive Officer,
President(2)

Eric Skolnik

Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary(5)

Ronald Alterio

Vice President-Operations, 
Chief Technology Officer(8)

Summary Compensation Table

Salary ($)

Bonus ($)

299,407
322,578(3)

221,783
253,017(6)

246,270
277,976(9)

-
-

-
-

-
-

Year
2020
2019

2020
2019

2020
2019

Option
Awards ($)(1)
18,495
-

All Other
Compensation 
($)

2,353
1,405(4)

Total ($)

320,255
323,983

18,495
15,540

26,715
-

2,353
10,282(7)

242,631
278,839

2,255
7,801(10)

275,240
285,777

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions
used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no stock awards in 2020 or 2019.

(2) Mr. Grauch joined the Company on October 30, 2018 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. In May, 2019 he was appointed as President
and assumed the additional role as Chief Executive Officer on January 1, 2020. Pursuant to our Executive Stock Purchase Plan, Mr. Grauch was issued a
total of 21,672 shares of Common Stock in 2019 in lieu of receiving a portion of his salary. Mr. Grauch and the Company have also entered into deferred
compensation agreements. Pursuant to the agreements, Mr. Grauch has agreed to defer a percentage of his cash compensation and as of each date on which
compensation that would otherwise have been paid to him is deferred, the Company accrues a number of shares of Common Stock calculated by dividing (i)
the  dollar  amount  of  the  deferred  compensation  for  such  date  by  (ii)  the  fair  market  value  of  one  share  of  Common  Stock.  During  2020,  the  Company
accrued 117,533 shares pursuant to the agreements. See “Deferred Compensation Agreements,” below.

(3) For 2020 and 2019, $6,300 and $9,000, respectively, of the amount shown in the “Salary” column represents payment for personal use of a company car.
(4) The amounts shown in the “All Other Compensation” column for Mr. Grauch include our matching contribution to our 401(k) defined contribution plan for

the benefit of Mr. Grauch and the dollar value of life insurance premiums paid by us with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Grauch.

(5) Mr. Skolnik  and  the  Company  have also entered into a  deferred compensation agreement. Pursuant to  the agreement, Mr.  Skolnik has agreed to defer  a
percentage of his cash compensation and as of each date on which compensation  that would otherwise have been paid  to  him is deferred, the Company
accrues a number of shares of Common Stock calculated by dividing (i) the dollar amount of the deferred compensation for such date by (ii) the fair market
value  of  one  share  of  Common  Stock.  During  2020,  the  Company  accrued  10,817  shares  pursuant  to  the  agreements.  See  “Deferred  Compensation
Agreements,” below.

(6) The amounts included in “Salary” for 2019 include (i) a $16,814 payment made to Mr. Skolnik in connection with the completion of the sale of our Old
Bridge Facility, which was a one-time payment not made pursuant to any of our performance-based bonus arrangements, and (ii) payment for personal use
of a company car in the amount of $9,000. In addition, for 2020, $6,300, of the amount shown in the “Salary” column represents payment for personal use
of a company car.

(7) The amounts shown in the “All Other Compensation” column for Mr. Skolnik include our matching contribution to our 401(k) defined contribution plan for

the benefit of Mr. Skolnik and the dollar value of life insurance premiums paid by us with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Skolnik.

(8) Mr.  Alterio  and  the  Company  have  also  entered  into  a  deferred  compensation  agreement.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  Mr.  Alterio  has  agreed  to  defer  a
percentage of his cash compensation and as of each date on which compensation  that would otherwise have been paid  to  him is deferred, the Company
accrues a number of shares of Common Stock calculated by dividing (i) the dollar amount of the deferred compensation for such date by (ii) the fair market
value  of  one  share  of  Common  Stock.  During  2020,  the  Company  accrued  20,776  shares  pursuant  to  the  agreements.  See  “Deferred  Compensation
Agreements,” below.

(9) For 2020 and 2019, $6,300 and $9,000, respectively, of the amount shown in the “Salary” column represents payment for personal use of a company car.
(10) The amounts shown in the “All Other Compensation” column for Mr. Alterio include our matching contribution to our 401(k) defined contribution plan for

the benefit of Mr. Alterio and the dollar value of life insurance premiums paid by us with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Alterio.

44

Employment, Severance and Change-of Control Arrangements

Other  than  our  current  standard  employee  severance  policy  applicable  to  all  salaried  employees,  which  entitles  them,  upon  involuntary  termination 
without cause, to one week of  pay  for  each year of  service  up to  a maximum of  six  weeks of  pay, we  have no  employment, severance or  change-of-control 
agreements with any of our named executive officers, each of whom is employed by us on an at-will basis. Our named executive officers serve at the will of the 
Board, which enables us to terminate their employment with discretion as to the terms of any severance arrangement beyond our current standard policy.

Executive Officer Bonus Plan

We provide our executives with an annual opportunity to earn cash incentive awards through our Executive Officer Bonus Plan. The performance goals 
are expressed in terms of (a) one or more corporate or divisional earnings-based measures (which may be based on net income, operating income, cash flows, or 
any combination thereof) and/or (b) one or more corporate or divisional sales-based measures. Each such goal may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative 
basis, may employ comparisons with our past performance (including one or more divisions) and/or the current or past performance of other companies, and in 
the case of earnings-based measures, may employ comparisons to capital, stockholders’ equity and shares outstanding. Performance goals need not be uniform 
among participants, but they have been in recent years.

After our financial results for a fiscal year have been determined, the Compensation Committee will certify the level of performance goal attainment 
and the potential bonus payment for each participant. The Compensation Committee has full authority to decrease the amount that would otherwise be payable 
to any participant for a fiscal year.

For the 2020 fiscal year, all of the named executive officers were participants under the Executive Officer Bonus Plan. The participants were entitled to 
share  in  a  Bonus  Pool  (“Bonus  Pool”)  based  upon  a  subjectively  determined  allocation,  which  took  into  account  the  relative  compensation  levels  of  the 
executives as well as other subjective factors related to overall job performance in 2020, such as the ease with which the executive could be replaced, whether 
further opportunities for advancement within the Company existed for the executive, teamwork skills, perceived efforts, interpersonal relationships and overall 
job performance. The Bonus Pool for 2020 was equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of the base salary of all participants in the aggregate, or (ii) the sum of (a) 10% 
of  the  first  $1  million  (or  portion  thereof)  of  our  pre-tax  income  (“Adjusted  Net  Income”),  plus  (b)  15%  of  the  next  $1  million  (or  portion  thereof)  of  our 
Adjusted  Net  Income,  plus  (c)  20%  of the  next $1 million (or portion thereof)  of  our Adjusted Net Income, plus (d)  25%  of  the  next $1 million (or  portion 
thereof) of our Adjusted Net Income, plus (e) 20% of the next $1 million (or portion thereof) of our Adjusted Net Income, plus (f) 10% of our Adjusted Net 
Income in excess of $5 million, all as set forth on our audited financial statements (in all cases calculated before taking into account any accrual for such Bonus 
Pool). Further, no bonus would be paid to any participant unless the Bonus Pool (calculated in the manner described above) equaled or exceeded $90,000. Based 
upon our reported Adjusted Net Income for 2020, no bonuses were paid to our named executive officers relating to such year.

Deferred Compensation Agreements

During 2020, the Company and certain of its executive officers, including Messrs. Grauch, Skolnik and Alterio, entered into deferred compensation 
agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, the executive officers agreed to suspend the payment of a percentage of such executive officers’ cash compensation 
for all or a portion of the 2020 calendar year in exchange for the Company accruing, on each date that the cash compensation would otherwise be payable, a 
number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  equal  to  the  cash  compensation  otherwise  payable  on  such  date  divided  by  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Common Stock on such date.

Pursuant to Mr. Grauch’s initial agreement, he agreed to suspend 25% of his compensation, and the Company is obligated during 2021, on the first 
business day following the close of each calendar quarter of 2021, to distribute to Mr. Grauch that number of shares of common stock accrued pursuant to the 
agreement during the corresponding quarter of 2020. Mr. Grauch and the Company entered into an additional agreement pursuant to which he agreed to suspend 
an additional 10% of his compensation covering the period May 3, 2020 through December 12, 2020, and the Company was obligated, on or before March 15, 
2021,  to  distributed  to  Mr.  Grauch  that  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  accrued  pursuant  to  the  additional  agreement.  Messrs.  Skolnik  and  Alterio  also 
entered  into  similar  agreements  with  the  Company,  providing  for  a  suspension  of  5%  (Mr.  Skolnik)  and  10%  (Mr.  Alterio)  of  each  executive  officer’s 
compensation covering the period May 3, 2020 through December 12, 2020. In connection with those agreements, the Company was obligated, on or before 
March 15, 2021, to distributed to Messrs. Skolnik and Alterio that number of shares of common stock accrued pursuant to these agreements. The number of 
number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock accrued in connection with these agreements was equal to the cash compensation otherwise payable on the 
applicable date divided by the fair market value of the Common Stock on such date. The “fair market value” is equal to the official closing price on the NYSE 
American  consolidated  tape  on  the  calculation  date,  or  if  that  day  in  not  a  trading  day  on  the  trading  day  immediately  preceding  such  day,  as  long  as  the 
Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE American exchange.

45

Employee Benefit Plans

In May 2005, our stockholders approved the adoption of the Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2005 Employee Equity Incentive Plan (the “Original 
2005 Employee Plan”). Our stockholders approved an amendment and restatement in its entirety of the Original 2005 Employee Plan in May 2014 (as amended 
and  restated,  the  “A&R  2005  Employee  Plan”) which,  among things  (i)  increased the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  available for  issuance  under  the 
A&R 2005 Employee Plan, (ii) extended the term of the A&R 2005 Employee Plan to February 7, 2024, (iii) made awards under the A&R 2005 Employee Plan 
subject to clawback provisions under applicable law or under policies that may be adopted by us from time to time, and (iv) prohibited repricing of stock options 
absent  advance  stockholder  approval.  In  addition, at  our  annual  meeting  in  2018,  stockholders  approved  an amendment to  the  A&R 2005  Employee  Plan  to 
increase the number of shares available for grants and awards under the A&R 2005 Employee Plan by 100,000.

The A&R 2005 Employee Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Under the A&R 2005 Employee Plan, our executive 
officers and other key employees, as determined by the Compensation Committee, are eligible to receive equity-based awards from time to time as determined 
by  the  Compensation  Committee.  Under  the  A&R  2005  Employee  Plan,  our  executive  officers  and  other  key  employees  may  be  awarded  stock  options  to 
purchase a number of shares of Common Stock (“Stock Options”), stock appreciation rights to receive the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a specified 
number of shares of Common Stock at the time of exercise over the grant price (“SARS”), stock awards at no cost to the executive officer or key employee 
(“Stock Awards”), which may be either restricted stock or unrestricted stock, or performance based awards to receive a number of shares of Common Stock if 
certain  performance  goals  are  met  (“Performance  Awards”).  Each  grant  of  a  Stock  Option,  SAR,  Stock  Award  or  Performance  Award  will  be  subject  to  a 
written Award Agreement which shall specify the terms and conditions of the grant as determined by the Compensation Committee, provided, however, that the 
exercise price for any Stock Options or SARS granted shall not be less than the fair market value of the underlying Common Stock on the date of grant. The 
A&R 2005 Employee Plan expires on February 7, 2024.

At our 2016 Annual Meeting, our stockholders approved the adoption of the Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2016 Employee Equity Incentive Plan 

(the “2016 Employee Plan”), which supplements the A&R 2005 Employee Plan.

The 2016 Employee Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Under the 2016 Employee Plan, our executive officers and 
other  key  employees,  as  determined  by  the  Compensation  Committee,  are  eligible  to  receive  equity-based  awards  from  time  to  time  as  determined  by  the 
Compensation Committee. The 2016 Employee Plan authorizes the award of up to a maximum of 3,000,000 shares. Any shares subject to an award issued under 
the 2016 Employee Plan which is terminated, canceled, expired or forfeited for any reason will again be available for the grant of an award. Under the 2016 
Employee Plan, our executive officers and other key employees may be awarded Stock Options, SARS, Stock Awards, which may be either restricted stock or 
unrestricted  stock,  and  Performance  Awards.  Each  grant  of  a  Stock  Option,  SAR,  Stock  Award  or  Performance  Award  will  be  subject  to  a  written  Award 
Agreement which shall specify the terms and conditions of the grant as determined by the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that the exercise price 
for any Stock Options or SARS granted shall not be less than the fair market value of the underlying Common Stock on the date of grant. Awards under the 
2016 Employee Plan are subject to clawback provisions under applicable law or under policies that may be adopted by us from time to time, and Stock Options 
awarded under the 2016 Employee Plan cannot be re-priced absent advance stockholder approval. The 2016 Employee Plan expires on February 4, 2026. At our 
annual  meeting  in  2017,  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  2016  Employee  Plan,  to  increase  the  annual  individual  award  limits  relating  to  stock 
options and stock appreciation rights from 100,000 to 250,000 shares of Common Stock. At our annual meeting in 2018, stockholders approved an amendment 
to the 2016 Employee Plan to increase the number of shares available for grants and awards under the 2016 Employee Plan by 2,000,000 to its current limit of 
3,000,000 shares.

In  2020,  Mr.  Grauch  was  awarded  options  to  purchase  45,000  shares  of  our  Common  Stock,  Mr.  Skolnik  was  awarded  options  to  purchase  45,000 
shares of our Common Stock, and Mr. Alterio was awarded options to purchase 65,000 shares of our Common Stock. In each case, such options vest over three 
years in equal annual installments on each anniversary of the award date.

46

Retirement and Other Benefits

Each  of  the  named  executive  officers  is  eligible  to  participate  in  our  401(k)  Savings  and  Investment  Retirement  Plan,  which  covers  all  full-time 
employees and is qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under this plan, we historically matched 50% of each participating employee’s 
salary deferral up to a maximum match of 3% of eligible compensation. On April 1, 2020, the Company suspended the match.

We maintain group term life insurance for our employees, including our named executive officers, for which each participating employee designates 

his or her own beneficiary.

Outstanding Equity Awards Table

The following table discloses for each named executive officer all shares of our Common Stock underlying unexercised options as of December 31, 

2020.

Outstanding Equity Awards At December 31, 2020

Option Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)(2)
–

210,000(3)(4)
90,000(4)

–
–
–
–
–
12,500
14,167
13,333

–

50,000(6)
50,000(5)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(1)
45,000
140,000(3)
60,000

45,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
37,500
28,333
6,667

60,000
100,000(6)

–

Option
Exercise 
Price 
($)

0.595
0.880
0.880

0.595
1.925
1.050
1.000
0.940
0.550
0.870
1.095

0.595
1.190
1.390

Option
Expiration Date
05/22/2030
10/29/2028
10/29/2028

05/22/2030
3/23/2021
5/17/2022
5/17/2023
5/23/2024
4/4/2027
5/15/2028
4/3/2029

05/22/2030
8/16/2028
8/31/2028

Stock Awards

Number of 
Shares
or Units of 
Stock
That Have Not
Vested 
(#)

Market Value 
of
Shares or Units 
of
Stock That 
Have
Not Yet Vested 
($)

–

–

–

–

–

–

Name
Edward R. Grauch

Eric Skolnik

Ronald Alterio

(1) Unless otherwise noted, all option awards were made under the A&R 2005 Employee Plan or the 2016 Employee Plan.
(2) Unless otherwise noted, all options vest in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant.
(3) Options were granted as an inducement award and not under the A&R 2005 Employee Plan or the 2016 Employee Plan.
(4) The  vesting  schedule  for  these  options  is  (i)  options  with  respect  to  100,000  shares  vest  on  each  of  the  first  two  anniversaries  of  Mr.  Grauch’s  date  of

employment and (ii) options with respect to 150,000 shares vest on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of Mr. Grauch’s date of employment.

(5) These options vest four years following the date of grant.
(6) Options were granted as an inducement award and not under the A&R 2005 Employee Plan or the 2016 Employee Plan.

47

Compensation of Directors

Summary Compensation Table – Director Compensation

The following table discloses the actual compensation paid to or earned by each of our Directors who is not also a named executive officer in fiscal 

year 2020:

The following table discloses the actual compensation paid to or earned by each of our Directors who is not also a named executive officer in fiscal 

year 2020:

Name
Rick Briggs
Anthony J. Bruno
John Burke
Charles E. Dietz
Michael Hawkey
Stephen K. Necessary
Gary P. Scharmett
Steven L. Shea
James F. Williams
James H. Williams

Fees Earned 
or
Paid in Cash 
($)(1)

Stock and 
Option
Awards 
($)(2)

All Other 
Compensation
($)

Total 
($)

4,804
29,650
27,639
32,350
9,124
30,250
45,100
54,200
37,900
25,250

4,378(3)
7,762(4)
7,296(5)
7,762(4)
6,660(6)
7,762(4)
7,762(4)
7,762(4)
7,762(4)
7,762(4)

 –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

9,182
37,412
34,935
40,112
15,784
38,012
52,862
61,962
45,662
33,012

(1) Certain of our directors have entered into deferred compensation agreements with the Company that give those directors the ability to defer cash director
fees  otherwise payment  for  them  in  exchange for the Company’s  obligation  to  deliver shares  of Common Stock to them in the future. During 2020,  the
following directors elected to defer a portion or all of their cash director fees in exchange for the Company accruing and undertaking to deliver shares of
Common Stock at a future date as follows: (i) Mr. Briggs: 2,402 shares, (ii) Mr. Bruno: 16,163 shares; (iii) Mr. Dietz: 45,341 shares; (iv) Mr. Hawkey:
3,875 shares, and. (v) Mr. Necessary: 16,816 shares. In each instance, the number of shares of Common Stock accrued is equal to the quotient of (i) the
portion of compensation deferred divided by (ii) the fair market value per share of the issuer’s common stock on the indicated date (equal to the closing
price reported on the NYSE American on each respective date). In addition, two of our directors, Gary P. Scharmett and James F Williams agreed to defer
their director fees into 2021 to be paid in cash.

(2) The amounts in the “Stock and Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
Assumptions  used  in  the  calculation  of  these  amounts  are  included  in  Note  16  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  our  Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.

(3) Mr. Briggs joined the Board in August 2020. Upon joining the Board, Mr. Briggs was awarded an option to purchase 8,087 shares of Common Stock at an

exercise price of $0.785 per share. The option vests one year from issuance and has a term of 10 years.

(4) In 2020, each non-employee Director was granted an option to purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock. The options vested one year from the date of

grant and have a term of 10 years.

(5) Mr. Burke joined the Board in January 2020. In April 2020, Mr. Burke was awarded an option to purchase 18,798 shares of Common Stock at an exercise

price of $0.565 per share. The option vests one year from issuance and has a term of 10 years.

(6) Mr. Hawkey joined the Board in June 2020. Upon joining the Board, Mr. Hawkey was awarded an option to purchase 11,148 shares of Common Stock at an

exercise price of $0.865 per share. The option vests one year from issuance and has a term of 10 years.

Director Compensation Arrangements

In 2020, we paid each of our non-employee Directors an annual retainer of $25,000, payable quarterly, and the non-employee Director who serves as 
our  Chairman  of  the  Board  receives  an  additional  annual  retainer  for  serving  in  that  capacity  of  $25,000,  also  payable  quarterly.  We  also  paid  each  non-
employee Director a fee of $1,000 for each Board meeting attended in person ($500 if attendance was telephonic) and a fee of $600 for each committee meeting 
attended  in  person  ($300  if  attendance  was  telephonic  or  if  attending  on  the  same  date  as  a  Board  meeting).  We  reimburse  each  Director  for  certain  travel, 
lodging and related expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board and committee meetings. From time to time, in the sole discretion of the Board, 
we grant equity awards to our non-employee Directors. Because we do not consider Mr. Pallé to be an independent director, during 2020 he did not receive any 
compensation for this service on the Board.

48

In November 2020, due to the impact of COVID 19 on the Company’s business, the Board of Directors unanimously adopted a recommendation made 
by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to modify the non-employee Director compensation, effective for calendar year 2021 only, to (i) pay 
15% of the quarterly retainer payments that would otherwise have been paid to each Director in cash, in the form of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, by 
the issuance of a number of shares of unrestricted stock awards under the A&R Director Stock Purchase Plan (defined below), calculated by dividing (a) the 
dollar  amount of the compensation allocated to equity  for such date by  (b) the fair market  value of  one share of Common Stock on such date, (ii) eliminate 
payment of Director meeting attendance fees, and (iii) replace Committee meeting attendance fees with the payment of an annual Committee service fee for the 
calendar year, paid quarterly in arrears, for each Committee upon which a Director serves during that quarter, such that for the first Committee served by a given 
Director, an annual fee of $1,000 will be earned, for the second Committee on which a given Director serves, an additional $500 will be earned and for the third 
Committee  on  which  a  given  Director  serves  (of  which  the  Company  presently  has  none),  an  additional  $300  will  be  earned.  In  addition,  the  non-employee 
Director serving as our Chairman of the Board will continue to receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000, 15% of which will be paid by the issuance of 
shares of unrestricted stock awards of Common Stock granted under the A&R Director Stock Purchase Plan. The Board reserves the right to further modify or 
eliminate the foregoing adjustments to Director compensation in its discretion. The foregoing adjustments to director compensation for calendar year 2021 are 
anticipated to have a $148,000 positive impact on our working capital.

On March 19, 2015, the Board adopted the Director Stock Purchase Plan, which was intended to enable outside directors to allocate portions of their 
annual retainer fees to be paid in shares of the Company’s Common Stock, in lieu of cash payments. This plan was designed and derived from the Executive 
Stock Purchase Plan adopted by the Company in June 2014, which was intended to enable executive officers of the Company to allocate a portion of their base 
salary to be paid in shares of the Company’s Common Stock, in lieu of cash. In March 2016, the Company adopted the Amended and Restated Director Stock 
Purchase  Plan,  which  replaced  the  Director  Stock  Purchase  Plan.  Under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Director  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (“A&R  Director  Stock 
Purchase  Plan”),  the  portion  of  directors’  fees  (including  meeting  fees,  which  were  not  permitted  to  be  converted  into  common  stock  purchases  under  the 
Director Stock Purchase Plan) permitted to be paid in shares of the Company’s Common Stock, in lieu of cash, was increased and the new plan was made more 
flexible to encourage the non-employee directors to elect to receive shares of the Company’s Common Stock in lieu of cash payments.

Director Benefit Plans

In May 2005, our stockholders approved the adoption of the Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2005 Director Equity Incentive Plan (the “Original 
2005 Director Plan”). In May, 2014, our stockholders approved an amendment and restatement in its entirety of the Original 2005 Director Plan (as amended 
and restated, the “A&R 2005 Director Plan”), effective as of February 7, 2014, which,  among other things, (i) increased the number  of shares of Common 
Stock available for issuance under the A&R 2005 Director Plan, (ii) extended the term of the A&R 2005 Director Plan to February 7, 2024, (iii) made awards 
under the A&R 2005 Director Plan subject to clawback provisions under applicable law or under policies that may be adopted by us from time to time, and (iv) 
prohibited repricing of stock options absent advance stockholder approval.

The A&R 2005 Director Plan is administered by our Board. Under the A&R 2005 Director Plan, Directors who are not currently employed by us or by 
any  of  our  subsidiaries  and  who  have  not  been  so  employed  within  the  past  six  months,  are  eligible  to  receive  equity-based  awards  from  time  to  time  as 
determined by our Board. Under the A&R 2005 Director Plan, eligible Directors may be awarded stock options to purchase a number of shares of Common 
Stock (“Stock Options”), stock appreciation rights to receive the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock at the 
time of exercise over the grant price (“SARS”) or stock awards (“Stock Awards”) at no cost to the Director, which may be either restricted stock or unrestricted 
stock. Each grant of Stock Options, SARS or Stock Awards will be subject to a written Award Agreement, which shall specify the terms and conditions of the 
grant as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the exercise price for any Stock Options or SARS granted shall not be less than the fair market value 
of the underlying Common Stock on the date of grant. The A&R 2005 Director Plan expires on February 7, 2024.

At our 2016 Annual Meeting, our stockholders approved the adoption of the Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2016 Director Equity Incentive Plan 

(the “2016 Director Plan”), which supplements the A&R 2005 Director Plan.

The  2016  Director  Plan  is  administered  by  our  Board.  Under  the  2016  Director  Plan,  Directors  who  are  not  currently  employed  by us  or  by  any  of 
our subsidiaries and who have not been so employed within the past six months, are eligible to receive equity-based awards from time to time as determined 
by our Board. The 2016 Director Plan authorizes the award of up to a maximum of 400,000 shares. (Proposal 2 being submitted to stockholders at this Annual 
Meeting proposes  to  increase  the  maximum  number  of  shares  by  500,000).  Any  shares  subject  to  an  award  issued  under  the  2016  Director  Plan  which  is 
terminated, canceled, expired or forfeited for any reason will again be available for the grant of an award. Under the 2016 Director Plan, eligible Directors may 
be awarded Stock Options, SARS or Stock Awards, which may be either restricted stock or unrestricted stock. Each grant of Stock Options, SARS or Stock 
Awards will be subject to a written Award Agreement which shall specify the terms and conditions of the grant as determined by the Board; provided, however, 
that the exercise price  for  any  Stock  Options  or  SARS  granted  shall  not  be  less  than  the  fair  market  value  of  the  underlying  Common  Stock  on  the  date  of 
grant.  Awards  under  the  2016  Director  Plan  are  subject  to  clawback  provisions  under  applicable  law  or  under  policies  that  may  be  adopted  by  us  from 
time  to  time,  and  Stock  Options  awarded  under  the  2016  Director  Plan  cannot  be  re-priced  absent  advance  stockholder  approval.  The  2016  Director  Plan 
expires  on  February  4,  2026.  At  our  2020  Annual  Meeting,  our  stockholders  approved  a  500,000  share  increase  in  the  number  of  shares  available  for 
grants  and  awards  under  the  2016  Director Plan.

49

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of March 15, 2021 by (i) each person who is 
known  by  us  to  beneficially  own  more  than  five  percent  of  our  Common  Stock,  (ii)  each  of  our  Directors,  (iii)  each  of  our  executive  officers  named  in  the 
Summary Compensation Table below, and (iv) all our executive officers and Directors as a group. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table 
have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)(2)
Directors and Executive Officers:

Robert J. Pallé
Anthony J. Bruno
John Burke
Charles E. Dietz
Stephen K. Necessary
Gary P. Scharmett
Steven L. Shea
James F. Williams
James H. Williams
Michael Hawkey
Rick Briggs
Edward Grauch
Eric S. Skolnik
Allen Horvath
Ronald V. Alterio

All Directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)

Additional Beneficial Owners:

Stephen E. Walker
Carol M. Pallé

* Denotes less than 1%.

Amount and 
Nature of 
Beneficial 
Ownership(1)

Percent of 
Class 
Beneficially 
Owned

4,018,016(3)
456,293(4)
18,798(5)
395,361(6)
238,728(7)
404,695(8)
1,151,731(9)
350,017(10)
512,522(11)
3,875
12,402
804,938(12)
212,854(13)
256,099(14)
185,628(15)

9,021,957

30.49%
3.77%
*
3.30%
1.98%
3.37%
9.30%
2.92%
4.29%
*
*
6.47%
1.76%
2.13%
1.54%

57.89%

1,136,850(16)
26,071(17)

9.57%
*

(1) Beneficial ownership as of March 15, 2021 for each person listed includes shares subject to options held by such person which are exercisable within 60
days  after  such  date  and  the  accrued  principal  amount  of  subordinated  convertible  indebtedness  that  may  be  converted  into  shares  of  our  Comm  Stock
within  60 days of  such date. Beneficial ownership is  determined  in accordance  with the  rules of  the Securities and  Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and
generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities, which voting or investment power may be further described in the footnotes below.
This table contains information furnished to us by the respective stockholders or contained in filings made with the SEC. Certain of our executive officers
and directors may, from time to time, hold some or all of their Common Stock in brokerage accounts having outstanding margin loan balances secured by
the Common Stock and the other investment securities held in such brokerage accounts.

(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc., One Jake Brown Road, Old Bridge, NJ 08857.
(3) Includes (i) 200,000 shares of Common Stock owned of record by a limited liability company of which Mr. Pallé and his spouse are the sole members, (ii)
2,488,344 shares of Common Stock jointly owned by Mr. Pallé and his spouse, (iii) 726,667 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us to
Mr. Pallé which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021, and (iv) 576,934 shares of Common Stock underlying certain convertible indebtedness
of the Company held by Mr. Pallé and his spouse, which is outstanding as of, and convertible within 60 days after March 15, 2021. Mr. Pallé disclaims
beneficial ownership of the 26,071 shares of Common Stock owned by his spouse. See footnote 19 below.

50

(4) Includes (i) 110,000 shares underlying options granted by us that are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2021 and (ii) 96,156 shares underlying certain 

convertible indebtedness of the Company held by Mr. Bruno, which indebtedness is outstanding as of, and convertible within 60 days after March 15, 2021.

(5) Includes 18,798 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021.
(6) Includes 112,500 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021.
(7) Includes  (i)  58,630  shares  underlying  options  granted  by  us  that  are  exercisable  within  60  days  after  March  15,  2021  and  (ii)  96,156  shares  underlying 
certain  convertible  indebtedness  of  the  Company  held  by  Mr.  Necessary,  which  indebtedness  is  outstanding  as  of,  and  convertible  within  60  days  after 
March 15, 2021.

(8) Includes 120,000 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021.
(9) Includes (i) 120,000 shares underlying options granted by us that are exercisable withing 60 days after March 15, 2021 and (ii) 384,622 shares underlying 
certain convertible indebtedness of the Company held by Mr. Shea, which indebtedness is outstanding as of, and convertible within 60 days after March 15, 
2021. Certain of the securities are beneficially owned by Mr. Shea through MidAtlantic IRA, LLC FBO Steven L. Shea IRA.

(10) Includes 120,000 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021.
(11) Includes 79,166 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021.
(12) Includes (i) 200,000 shares underlying options granted by us that are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021 and (ii) 367,288 shares underlying 
certain convertible indebtedness of the Company held by Mr. Grauch, which indebtedness is outstanding as of, and convertible within 60 days after March 
15, 2021. Certain of the securities are beneficially owned by Mr. Grauch through Livewire Ventures, LLC.

(13) Includes 193,333 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021.
(14) Includes 168,333 shares of Common Stock underlying options granted by us which are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021.
(15) Includes (i) 100,000 shares underlying options granted by us that are exercisable within 60 days after March 15, 2021 and (ii) 51,464 shares underlying 
certain convertible indebtedness of the Company held by Mr. Alterio, which indebtedness is outstanding as of, and convertible within 60 days after March 
15, 2021.
(16) As  reported  on  Schedule  13G/A  filed  by  Stephen  E.  Walker  on  January  25,  2021.  The  business  address  of  this  stockholder  is  1801-R  Brassfield  Road, 

Greensboro, NC 27410.

(17) Carol M. Pallé is the spouse of Robert J. Pallé. Includes (i) 200,000 shares of Common Stock owned of record by a limited liability company of which Mr. 
and Mrs. Pallé are the sole members, (ii) 2,488,344 shares of Common Stock jointly owned by Mr. and Mrs. Pallé, (iii) 26,071 shares of Common Stock 
owned individually by Mrs. Pallé and (iv) 576,934 shares of Common Stock underlying certain convertible indebtedness of the Company held by Mr. and 
Mrs. Pallé, which indebtedness is outstanding as of, and convertible within 60 days after March 15, 2021. Except as disclosed in this footnote, Mrs. Pallé 
disclaims beneficial ownership of  all shares of Common Stock beneficially owned  by Mr.  Pallé, other than 200,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned  of 
record by a limited liability company of which Mr. and Mrs. Pallé are the sole members, 2,488,344 shares of Common Stock jointly owned by Mr. and Mrs. 
Pallé, and 576,934 shares of Common Stock underlying the convertible indebtedness of the Company held by Mr. and Mrs. Pallé. Mrs. Pallé has entered 
into  an  agreement  with  Mr.  Pallé  granting  him  voting  and  dispositive  power  with  respect  to  the  200,000  shares  and  576,934  shares  of  Common  Stock 
referenced in the preceding sentence.

51

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The  following  table  provides  certain  summary  information  as  of  December  31,  2020  concerning  our  compensation  plans  (including  individual 

compensation arrangements) under which shares of our Common Stock may be issued.

Number Of 
Securities To 
Be Issued 
Upon Exercise 
Of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants And 
Rights(#)

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 
Of Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants And 
Rights
($)

3,497,418(1) $
$
$

500,000
3,997,418

0.843
0.973
0.859

Awards of 
Restricted 
And 
Unrestricted 
Shares
(#)

 –
–
–

Number Of 
Securities 
Remaining 
Available For 
Future 
Issuance 
Under Equity 
Compensation 
Plans 
(Excluding 
Securities 
Reflected
In The First 
Column)
(#)
1,171,631(2)

–
1,171,631

Plan Category
Equity Compensation Plans Approved By Security Holders
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved By Security Holders
Total

(1) Includes shares of our Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of options or rights granted under (i) the A&R 2005 Employee Plan, (ii) the

2016 Employee Plan, (iii) the A&R 2005 Director Plan and (iv) the 2016 Director Plan.

(2) Includes 91,579 and 745,882 shares of our Common Stock available for issuance as stock option grants, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted
stock awards or performance based stock awards under the A&R 2005 Employee Plan and the 2016 Employee Plan, respectively. Includes 833 and 333,337
shares of our Common Stock available for issuance as stock option grants, stock appreciation rights, or restricted or unrestricted stock awards under the
A&R 2005 Director Plan and 2016 Director Plan, respectively.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

As discussed under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources,” On 
April  8,  2020,  the  Company,  as  borrower,  together  with  Livewire  Ventures,  LLC  (wholly  owned  by  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Edward  R. 
Grauch), MidAtlantic IRA, LLC FBO Steven L. Shea IRA (an IRA account for the benefit of the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Steven Shea), Carol M. 
Pallé and Robert J. Pallé (Mr. Pallé is a Director), Anthony J. Bruno (a Director), and Stephen K. Necessary (as Director), as lenders (collectively, the “Initial 
Lenders”)  and  Robert  J.  Pallé,  as  Agent  for  the  Lenders  (in  such  capacity,  the  “Agent”)  entered  into  a  certain  Senior  Subordinated  Convertible  Loan  and 
Security Agreement (the “Subordinated Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which the lenders from time to time party thereto may provide up to $1,500,000 of 
loans to the Company (the “Subordinated Loan Facility”). Interest accrues on the outstanding amounts advanced under the Subordinated Loan Facility at the 
rate  of  12%  per  annum,  compounded  and  payable  monthly,  in-kind,  by  the  automatic  increase  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  loan  on  each  monthly  interest 
payment date, by the amount of the accrued interest payable at that time (“PIK Interest”); provided, however, that at the option of the Company, it may pay 
interest in cash on any interest payment date, in lieu of PIK Interest.

On April 8, 2020, the Initial Lenders agreed to provide the Company with a Tranche A term loan facility of $800,000, of which $600,000 was advanced 
to the Company on April 8, 2020, $100,000 was advanced to the Company on April 17, 2020 and $100,000 was advanced to the Company on January 12, 2021. 
The Initial Lenders participating in the Tranche A term loan facility have the option of converting the principal balance of the loan held by each of them, in 
whole (unless otherwise agreed by the Company), into shares of the Company’s common stock, at a conversion price equal to the volume weighted average 
price of the Common Stock as reported by the NYSE American, during the five trading days preceding April 8, 2020 (the “Tranche A Conversion Price”) 
which was calculated at $0.593. The conversion right was subject to stockholder approval as required by the rules of the NYSE American, and was obtained on 
June 11, 2020 at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders.

52

On  April  24,  2020,  the  Company,  the  Initial  Lenders  and  Ronald  V.  Alterio  (the  Company’s  Senior  Vice  President-Engineering,  Chief  Technology 
Officer) and certain additional unaffiliated investors (the “Additional Lenders,” and, together with the Initial Lenders, the “Lenders”) entered into the First 
Amendment to Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (the “Amendment”). The Amendment provides for the funding of 
$200,000 of additional loans as a Tranche B term loan under the Subordinated Loan Facility established under the Subordinated Loan Agreement, with such 
loans being provided by the Additional Lenders. The Amendment also sets the conversion price of $0.55 (the “Tranche B Conversion Price”) with respect to 
the right of the Additional Lenders to convert the accreted principal balance of the loans held by each of them into shares of the Company’s common stock. The 
terms  and  conditions  of  the  conversion  rights  applicable  to  the  Initial  Lenders  and  the  Additional  Lenders  are  otherwise  identical  in  all  material  respects, 
including  the  terms  restricting  conversion  to  an  aggregate  amount  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  would  not  result  in  the  Company’s  non-compliance  with 
NYSE American rules requiring stockholder approval of issuances or potential issuances of shares in excess of the percentage limits specified therein or in an 
amount that may be deemed to constitute a change of control under such rules. These restrictions terminated as the requisite stockholder approval was obtained 
on June 11, 2020 at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders.

As of  February  28, 2021,  the  amount of  owed (including  accrued PIK  Interest)  under  the Subordinated  Loan  Facility  to  each  of  the  related persons 
identified above is: (i) Livewire Ventures, LLC (Edward R. Grauch): $212,482; (ii) MidAtlantic IRA, LLC FBO Steven L. Shea IRA (Steven Shea): $ 222,510; 
(iii) Carol M. Pallé and Robert J. Pallé: $333,765; (iv) Anthony J. Bruno: $$55,628; (v) Stephen K. Necessary: $55,628; and (vi) Ronald V. Alterio: $27,614.

The Subordinated Loan Agreement, including all amendments thereto, and the transactions contemplated thereby were approved by the members of the 

Board who are not parties to, and have no personal interest in, the Subordinated Loan Agreement and related transactions.

In addition, one of our Directors, Gary P. Scharmett, is a partner at the law firm of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, which serves as our outside 
counsel. For the 2020 and 2019 fiscal years, we were billed fees for legal services by this firm in the aggregate amount of $830,363 and $483,398, respectively. 
Mr. Scharmett’s interest in these fees arises from his minority ownership interest as a partner at this firm. In the Company’s opinion, the terms of such services 
were substantially equivalent to those which would have been obtained from unaffiliated parties.

Related Person Transaction Approval Policy

The Company’s Ethics Code includes policies with respect to situations and transactions that may involve a conflict of interest, including transactions 
with related persons. Under the Ethics Code, the Audit Committee has the responsibility to consider and approve any transaction in which a related party may 
have a conflict of interest, based on a determination by the Audit Committee that the transaction is fair as to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its 
stockholders.

Director Independence

The  Board  of  Directors  has  considered  the  independence  of  our  Directors  pursuant  to  Section  803A  of  the  NYSE  American  Company  Guide 
(“Independence Rules”). Under the Independence Rules, a Director may not be determined to be independent if certain specified relationships exist. In addition 
to  reviewing  whether  any  of  those  specific  disqualifying relationships  exist  under  the Independence Rules,  the  NYSE American  also  requires  that the  Board 
determine whether any of our Directors has a relationship that the Board believes would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the 
responsibilities  of  a  Director.  In  addition,  with  respect  to  our  Audit  Committee,  Exchange  Act  Rule  10A-3  sets  certain  standards  for  “independence”  for 
purposes of eligibility for membership on the Company’s Audit Committee, and the Board must assess and make determinations regarding the independence of 
Directors for purposes of service on the Audit Committee under those standards.

In the course of the Board’s consideration and determinations as to these matters, the Board reviewed, among other factors, the matters described above 
under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” In particular, the Board considered the status of Messrs. Bruno, Shea and Necessary as creditors 
of the Company under the Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement, as amended to date, and also considered Mr. Scharmett’s role as a 
partner in a law firm providing a variety of legal services to the Company. Based on a review of the surrounding facts and circumstances, the Board determined 
that  these  transactions  and  relationships  did  not  fall  within  one  or  more  of  the  disqualifying  relationships  under  the  Independence  Rules  or  would  otherwise 
interfere with the exercise of each noted Director’s independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a Director, and also that these transactions and 
relationships would not disqualify Mr. Bruno or Mr. Shea from service on the Company’s Audit Committee. In its consideration and determinations as to these 
matters,  the  Board  also  considered  Mr.  Pallé’s  recent  service  as  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  (until  January  1,  2020)  and  his  service  through 
December 31, 2020 as Managing Director of Strategic Accounts.

53

Based on the matters described above and other factors the Board deemed relevant, the Board has determined that, except for Robert J. Pallé, each of 
our Directors is independent pursuant to the Independence Rules and that each member of the Audit Committee is independent pursuant to the Independence 
Rules and Rule 10A-3. Accordingly, the current Board consists of a majority of independent Directors and the Audit Committee consists entirely of independent 
directors.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Other Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The following table presents fees billed by Marcum LLP for professional services rendered for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 

2019.

Services Rendered
Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax Fees
All Other Fees
Total Fees

Audit Fees

2020

2019

236,850
34,450
29,000
–
300,300

$

$

241,557
33,400
29,000
–
303,957

$

$

The audit fees for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 were billed or expected to be billed for professional services rendered by Marcum LLP for the audit of 
our  annual  financial  statements,  the  audit  of  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  the  reviews  of  the  financial  statements  included  in  our  Quarterly 
Reports on Form 10-Q, and assistance with earnings announcements furnished by us in our Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Audit-Related Fees

The audit-related fees for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 consisted principally of audits of our pension and 401(k) plans.

Tax Fees

Tax fees for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 consisted principally of preparing our U.S. federal and state income tax returns.

Our Audit Committee has reviewed the non-audit services currently provided by our independent registered public accounting firm during 2020 and 
2019  and  has  considered  whether  the  provision  of  such  services  is  compatible  with  maintaining  the  independence  of  such  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm in performing its audit services. Based on such review and consideration, the Audit Committee has determined that the provision of such non-
audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm.

Pre-Approval Policy for Services by Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our Audit Committee has implemented pre-approval policies and procedures for the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm 
for both audit and permissible non-audit services. Under these policies and procedures, all services provided by the independent registered public accounting 
firm must either (i) be approved by our Audit Committee prior to the commencement of the services, (ii) relate to assisting us with tax audits and appeals before 
a taxing authority or be services associated with periodic reports or registration statements filed by us with the SEC, all of which services are pre-approved by 
our Audit Committee, or (iii) be a de minimis non-audit service (as described in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) of the SEC’s Regulation S-X) that does not have to be 
pre-approved as long as management promptly notifies our Audit Committee of such service and our Audit Committee approves it prior to the service being 
completed. Within these parameters, our Audit Committee annually approves the scope and fees payable for the year end audit, statutory audits and employee 
benefit plans audits to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm for the next fiscal year. Our Audit Committee also may delegate pre-
approval authority for permissible non-audit services to the Audit Committee’s Chairman. Any approvals of non-audit services made by our Audit Committee’s 
Chairman are then reported by him at the next Audit Committee meeting. All of the services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm 
during fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019 were approved in accordance with our pre-approval policies and procedures. None of the services were approved 
pursuant to Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) of the SEC’s Regulation S-X.

54

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1)

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)(2)

Financial Statement Schedules.

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under 

the applicable instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(a)(3) Exhibits.

The exhibits are listed in the Index to Exhibits appearing below and are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with 

the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b)

Index to Exhibits:

Exhibit No.

Description

Location

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

4.2

Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories, 
Inc.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  3.1  to  Registrant’s  S-1 
Registration  Statement  No.  33-98070,  originally  filed  October  12, 
1995, as amended.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  3.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed March 23, 2018.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  3.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed April 20, 2018.

Specimen of stock certificate.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  4.1  to  Registrant’s  S-1 
Registration  Statement  No.  33-98070,  filed  October  12,  1995,  as 
amended.

Description of Securities.

Filed herewith.

55

Exhibit No.

Description

Location

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

10.1

10.2

Form of Purchaser Common Stock Purchase Warrant.

Form of Placement Agent Common Stock Purchase Warrant.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed December 16, 2020.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed December 16, 2020.

Form  of  Placement  Agent  Contingent  Common  Stock  Purchase 
Warrant.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed December 16, 2020.

Warrant to VFT Special Ventures, Ltd.

Incorporated  by 
Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed January 14, 2021.

from  Exhibit  4.2 

reference 

to  Registrant’s 

Form of Placement Agent Common Stock Purchase Warrant.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed February 1, 2021.

Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  entered  into  by  Blonder  Tongue 
Laboratories, Inc. in favor of each of its Directors and Officers.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 14, 2013.

Bargaining Unit Pension Plan.

10.3*

Executive Officer Bonus Plan.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.9  to  Registrant’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013, filed 
March 31, 2014.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1997, filed May 
13, 1997.

10.4*

10.5*

10.6*

10.7*

Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.  2005  Employee  Equity  Incentive 
Plan, as amended and restated.

Incorporated by reference from Appendix A to Registrant’s Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  its  2014  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  filed 
April 21, 2014.

Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2005 Director Equity Incentive Plan, 
as amended and restated.

Incorporated by reference from Appendix B to Registrant’s Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  its  2014  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  filed 
April 21, 2014.

Form of Option Agreement under the 2005 Employee Equity Incentive 
Plan.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  period  ending  June  30,  2005,  filed 
August 15, 2005.

Form  of  Option  Agreement  under  the  2005  Director  Equity  Incentive 
Plan.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.24  to  Registrant’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2007, filed 
March 31, 2008.

56

Exhibit No.

Description

Location

10.8*

10.9*

10.10*

10.11*

10.12*

10.13*

Form of Option Agreement under the 2005 Employee Equity Incentive 
Plan, as amended November 3, 2010.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.18  to  Registrant’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2010, filed 
March 21, 2011.

Form  of  Option  Agreement  under  the  2005  Director  Equity  Incentive 
Plan, as amended November 3, 2010.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.19  to  Registrant’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2010, filed 
March 21, 2011.

Form of Option Agreement under the 2005 Employee Equity Incentive 
Plan, as amended May 18, 2011.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  99.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed May 20, 2011.

Form  of  Option  Agreement  under  the  2005  Director  Equity  Incentive 
Plan, as amended May 18, 2011.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  99.2  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed May 20, 2011.

Form of Option Agreement under the 2005 Employee Equity Incentive 
Plan, as amended and restated.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  period  ending  June  30,  2014,  filed 
August 14, 2014.

Form  of  Option  Agreement  under  the  2005  Director  Equity  Incentive 
Plan, as amended and restated.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  period  ending  June  30,  2014,  filed 
August 14, 2014.

10.14*

Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. Executive Stock Purchase Plan.

10.15*

Director Stock Purchase Plan.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  99.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed June 20, 2014.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  99.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed March 23, 2015.

10.16*

Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.  2016  Employee  Equity  Incentive 
Plan.

10.17*

Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2016 Director Equity Incentive Plan.

Incorporated  by 
Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed August 25, 2016.

from  Exhibit  4.3 

reference 

to  Registrant’s 

Incorporated  by 
Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed August 25, 2016.

from  Exhibit  4.4 

reference 

to  Registrant’s 

10.18

10.19*

10.20

Agreement  of  Sale  dated  August  3,  2018  between  Blonder  Tongue 
Laboratories, Inc. and Jake Brown Rd LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed August 6, 2018.

Letter  Agreement  between  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.  and 
Ronald V. Alterio.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2018, filed 
November 14, 2018.

Sale  Agreement  Extension  dated  as  of  September  20,  2018,  between 
Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. and Jake Brown Rd LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed September 21, 2018.

57

Exhibit No.

Description

Location

10.21

Second Amendment to Agreement of Sale dated October 8, 2018.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s amended 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 9, 2018.

10.22*

Letter  Agreement  between  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.  and 
Edward R. Grauch.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2018.

10.23

Third Amendment to Agreement of Sale dated January 30, 2019.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed January 31, 2019.

10.24

Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  October  25,  2019  by  and 
between  MidCap  Business  Credit  LLC,  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories, 
Inc., R. L. Drake Holdings, LLC and Blonder Tongue Far East, LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019.

10.25

Form of Revolving Note.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.2  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019.

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

Pledge  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  October  25,  2019  by  and 
between  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.  and  MidCap  Business 
Credit LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.3  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019.

Patent and Trademark Security Agreement dated as of October 25, 2019 
by  and  between  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.,  R.  L.  Drake 
Holdings, LLC and MidCap Business Credit LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.4  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019.

Continuing Guaranty dated as of October 25, 2019 of Blonder Tongue 
Far East, LLC and R. L. Drake Holdings, LLC, as Guarantors, in favor 
of MidCap Business Credit LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.5  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019.

Deferred  Compensation  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  29,  2019 
between Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. and Edward R. Grauch.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed January 6, 2020.

Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement dated as 
of April 8, 2020 by and between Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc., the 
parties  identified  therein  as  Lenders  and  the  party  identified  therein  as 
Agent.

Consent  and  Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement  and  Loan  Documents 
dated as of April 8, 2020 by and among MidCap Business Credit LLC, 
Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.,  R.  L.  Drake  Holdings,  LLC,  and 
Blonder Tongue Far East, LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 9, 2020.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 9, 2020.

58

Exhibit No.

Description

Location

10.32

10.33

10.34

10.35*

10.36

10.37*

10.38*

Subordination  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  8,  2020  by  and  between 
MidCap Business Credit LLC, the party identified therein as the Junior 
Creditor,  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.,  R.  L.  Drake  Holdings, 
LLC, and Blonder Tongue Far East, LLC.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 9, 2020.

Continuing Guaranty of R. L. Drake Holdings, LLC, dated as of April 
8,  2020,  in  favor  of  the  parties  identified  therein  as  Lenders  and  the 
party identified therein as Agent.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.4  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed April 9, 2020.

Patent and Trademark Security Agreement dated as of April 8, 2020 by 
and between Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc., R. L. Drake Holdings, 
LLC, and party identified therein as Agent.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.5  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed April 9, 2020.

Amendment  No.  1  to  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Stock 
Purchase Plan.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.2  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed April 9, 2020.

First  Amendment  to  Senior  Subordinated  Convertible  Loan  and 
Security  Agreement  and  Joinder,  dated  as  of  April  24,  2020  by  and 
between  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.,  the  parties  identified 
therein as Lenders and the party identified therein as Agent.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 27, 2020.

Form  of  Deferred  Compensation  Agreement  for  certain  Executive 
Officers.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed May 19, 2020.

Form  of  Deferred  Compensation  Agreement  for  certain  Executive 
Officers.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed September 4, 2020.

10.39*

Second Amended and Restated Executive Stock Purchase Plan.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.2  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 14, 2020.

10.40*

Amendment  No.  1  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Stock 
Purchase Plan.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.2  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed October 14, 2020.

10.41*

Third Amended and Restated Director Stock Purchase Plan.

10.42*

Amendment  No.  1  to  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Director  Stock 
Purchase Plan.

10.43*

Amendment No. 2 to 2016 Director Equity Incentive Plan.

10.44*

Amendment No. 3 to 2016 Employee Equity Incentive Plan.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2020, filed 
November 12, 2020.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2020, filed 
November 12, 2020.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2020, filed 
November 12, 2020.

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2020, filed 
November 12, 2020.

59

Exhibit No.

Description

Location

10.45

Second  Amendment  to  Senior  Subordinated  Convertible  Loan  and 
Security Agreement and Joinder, dated as of December 28, 2020 by and 
between  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.,  the  parties  identified 
therein as Lenders and the party identified therein as Agent.

10.46*

Deferred Compensation Agreement, Dated as of December 30, 2020.

10.47

Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, Dated as of January 8, 2021.

10.48*

Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 29, 2020.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 30, 2020.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 11, 2021.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 11, 2021.

Incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 1, 2021.

10.49

21

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

Third  Amendment  to  Senior  Subordinated  Convertible  Loan  and 
Security  Agreement  and  Joinder,  dated  as  of  January  28,  2021  by  and 
between  Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.,  the  parties  identified 
therein as Lenders and the party identified therein as Agent.

Subsidiaries of Blonder Tongue

Consent of Marcum LLP.

Filed herewith.

Filed herewith.

Certification  of  Edward  R.  Grauch  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the 
Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002

Filed herewith.

Certification  of  Eric  Skolnik  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

Certification  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of 
2002.

Furnished herewith.

101.1

Interactive data files.

Filed herewith.

*

Indicates management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements.

(c)

Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under

the applicable instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

60

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the 
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended 
December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all 
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described 
in Note 1, the Company has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations 
and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to 
these  matters  are  also  described  in  Note  1.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might  result  from  the  outcome  of  this 
uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company's  financial 
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were 
we  engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits  we  are  required  to  obtain  an  understanding  of  internal 
control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing 
procedures  that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining,  on a  test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the 
audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging, 
subjective, or complex judgments. We determined that there were no critical audit matters.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005.

New York, NY
March 25, 2021 

F-2

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Current assets:

Assets

Cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $275 and $27 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 

$

69

$

572

December 31,

2020

2019

respectively

Inventories
Prepaid benefit costs
Prepaid and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
License agreements, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Right of use assets, net
Other assets, net

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:
Line of credit
Current portion of long-term debt
Current portion of lease liability
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued benefit pension liability
Income taxes payable
Other accrued expenses

Total current liabilities

Subordinated convertible debt with related parties
Lease liability, net of current portion
Long-term debt, net of current portion

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; authorized 5,000 shares; no shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 

respectively

Common stock, $.001 par value; authorized 25,000 shares, 11,558 and 9,766 shares issued and outstanding as of 

December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

Paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

$

$

1,741
4,063
-
231
6,104
429
10
927
493
2,411
756
11,130

2,145
28
794
2,014
370
17
28
138
5,534
791
1,771
1,797
9,893
-

2,505
8,484
89
524
12,174
392
20
1,098
493
3,167
1,003
18,347

2,705
33
751
4,313
397
-
26
144
8,369
-
2,568
47
10,984
-

-

-

12
29,571
(27,394)
(952)
1,237
11,130

$

10
28,158
(19,920)
(885)
7,363
18,347

$

$

$

F-3

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Statements of Operations
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

Operating expenses:
Selling expenses
General and administrative
Research and development

Gain on building sale
Loss from operations

Interest expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Net loss
Changes in accumulated unrealized pension losses, net of taxes
Comprehensive loss

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Years ended
December 31

2020

2019

$

16,379
13,361
3,018

2,458
5,150
2,524
10,132
-
(7,114)

(345)
(7,459)
15
(7,474) $
(0.76) $
9,898

(7,474) $
(67)
(7,541) $

19,842
16,411
3,431

3,002
5,004
3,066
11,072
7,175
(466)

(261)
(727)
15
(742)
(0.08)
9,603

(742)
(53)
(795)

$

$

$

$

$

F-4

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 and 2019
(In thousands)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Treasury
Stock

Total

Balance at January 1, 2019

Net loss
Recognized pension loss, net of taxes
Issuance of stock awards from treasury stock
Stock awards for directors’ fees and 

employee compensation

Exercised stock options and issued common 

stock from treasury stock

Conversion of subordinated convertible debt
Stock-based Compensation
Balance at December 31, 2019

Net loss
Recognized pension loss, net of taxes
Issuance of stock, net of offering costs
Exercised stock options
Conversion of subordinated convertible debt
Stock-based Compensation
Balance at December 31, 2020

$

9,508
-
-
-

-
258
-
9,766
-
-
1,429
25
338
-
11,558

$

$

9
-
-

$

27,910
-
-
(598)

(19,178) $
(742)
-
-

87

-
140
619
28,158
-
-
810
13
186
404
29,571

-
1
-
10
-
-
2
-
-
-
12

$

-
-
-
(19,920)
(7,474)
-
-
-
-
-

$

(27,394) $

(832) $
-
(53)

-
-
-
(885)
-
(67)
-
-
-
-
(952) $

(742) $
-
-
735

7
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

$

7,167
(742)
(53)
137

87

7
141
619
7,363
(7,474)
(67)
812
13
186
404
1,237

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

Gain on building sale
Gain on equipment sale

Depreciation
Amortization
Stock-based compensation expense

Provision for doubtful accounts
Issuance of stock from treasury
Issuance of stock for directors’ fees

Non cash pension expense

Amortization of loan fees
Recovery of bad debt expense
Non cash interest expense
Amortization of right to use assets

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets

Lease liability
Other assets

Income taxes payable
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued compensation

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

Capital expenditures
Proceeds on building sale.
Proceeds on sale of vehicles
Acquisition of licenses

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

Net (repayments) borrowings on line of credit
Repayment of former line of credit
Repayments of debt
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Borrowings of long-term debt
Borrowings of subordinated convertible debt
Proceeds of stock offering, net of offering costs

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, end of year

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes

Non cash investing and financing activities:

Capital expenditures financed by notes payable
Conversion of subordinated convertible debt to common stock
Right of uses assets obtained by lease obligations

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-6

Years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

$

(7,474) $

(742)

-
-
138
207
404
248
-
-
39
60
-
77
756

516
4,421
293
(754)
188
2
(2,333)
(3,212)

(165)
-
-
(26)
(191)

(560)
-
(34)
13
1,769
900
812
2,900
(503)
572
69

220
-

10
186
-

$

$
$

$
$
$

(7,175)
(20)
171
216
619
-
137
87
146
154
(26)
1
722

175
(1,761)
31
(570)
(999)
(2)
2,298
(6,538)

(263)
9,765
25
(53)
9,474

2,705
(2,603)
(3,032)
7
-
-
-
(2,923)
13
559
572

122
-

5
141
3,917

$

$
$

$
$
$

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)

The Company and Basis of Consolidation

Blonder  Tongue  Laboratories,  Inc.  (together  with  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  the  “Company”)  is  a  technology-development  and  manufacturing
company that delivers television signal encoding, transcoding, digital transport, and broadband product solutions to the markets the Company serves, including 
the multi-dwelling unit market, the lodging/hospitality market and the institutional market, including hospitals, prisons and schools, primarily throughout the 
United States and Canada. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. 
Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid debt investments with a maturity of less than three months at purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company
did  not  have  any  cash  equivalents  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019.  Cash  balances  at  financial  institutions  are  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance 
Corporation  (“FDIC”).  At  times,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  may be  uninsured  or  in  deposit  accounts  that exceed  the  FDIC  insurance  limit.  Periodically,  the 
Company evaluates the creditworthiness of the financial institutions and evaluates its credit exposure.

(c)

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. The Company sells its products primarily to distributors and private cable
operators.  The  Company  performs  continuing  credit  evaluations  of  its  customers’  financial  condition  and  although  the  Company  generally  does  not  require 
collateral, letters of credit may be required from its customers in certain circumstances.

Senior  management  reviews  accounts  receivable on  a  monthly  basis  to determine if  any  receivables  will  potentially  be  uncollectible.  The  Company 
includes  any  accounts  receivable  balances  that  are  determined  to  be  uncollectible,  along  with  a  general  reserve  based  on  historical  experience,  in  its  overall 
allowance for doubtful accounts.

(d)

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or net realizable value.

The Company periodically analyzes anticipated product sales based on historical results, current backlog and marketing plans. Based on these analyses,
the Company anticipates that certain products will not be sold during the next twelve months. Inventories that are not anticipated to be sold in the next twelve 
months, have been classified as non-current.

The  Company  continually  analyzes  its  slow-moving  and  excess  inventories.  Based  on  historical  and  projected  sales  volumes  and  anticipated  selling 
prices, the Company establishes reserves. Inventory that is in excess of current and projected use is reduced by an allowance to a level that approximates its 
estimate of future demand. Products that are determined to be obsolete are written down to net realizable value.

(e)

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company provides for depreciation generally on the straight-line
method  based  upon  estimated  useful  lives  of  3  to  5  years  for  office  equipment,  5  to  7  years  for  furniture  and  fixtures,  and  6  to  10  years  for  machinery  and 
equipment.

F-7

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

(f)

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The  Company  accounts  for  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  ASC  350  Intangibles  -
Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets  (“ASC  350”).  ASC  350  requires  that  goodwill  and  other  intangibles  with  indefinite  lives  be  tested  for  impairment 
annually or on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of an asset has decreased below its carrying value.

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  in  business  combinations.  Accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level 
below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill 
may be in doubt. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to 
reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, and determining the fair value. Significant judgment is required to estimate the fair value of reporting units 
including  estimating  future  cash  flows,  determining  appropriate  discount  rates  and  other  assumptions.  Changes  in  these  estimates  and  assumptions  could 
materially affect the determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment.

The Company’s business includes one goodwill reporting unit. The Company annually reviews goodwill for possible impairment by comparing the fair 
value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the assets. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value of the net asset, no goodwill impairment is deemed to 
exist. If the fair value does not exceed the carrying value, goodwill is tested for impairment and written down to its implied fair value if it is determined to be 
impaired. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test on December 31, 2020. Based upon its qualitative assessment, the Company determined 
that goodwill was not impaired.

The Company considers its trade name to have an indefinite life and in accordance with ASC 350, will not be amortized and will be reviewed annually 

for impairment.

The components of intangible assets that are carried at cost less accumulated amortization at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Cost

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Amount

$

$

1,365
349
1,714
741
2,455

$

$

1,217
311
1,528
-
1,528

$

$

$

$

148
38
186
741
927

Net Amount

284
73
357
741
1,098

Description
Customer relationships
Proprietary technology
Amortized intangible assets
Non-Amortized Trade name
Total

The components of intangible assets that are carried at cost less accumulated amortization at December 31, 2019 are as follows:

Description
Customer relationships
Proprietary technology
Amortized intangible assets
Non-Amortized Trade name
Total

Cost

Accumulated
Amortization

$

$

1,365
349
1,714
741
2,455

$

$

1,081
276
1,357
-
1,357

F-8

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Amortization  is  computed  utilizing  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  10  years  for  customer  relationships  and  10  years  for 
proprietary technology. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $171 for both years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Intangible asset 
amortization is projected to be approximately $171 in 2021 and $15 in 2022.

(g)

Long-Lived Assets

The  Company  continually  monitors  events  and  changes  in  circumstances  that  could  indicate  carrying  amounts  of  the  long-lived  assets,  including
intangible assets may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, the Company assesses recoverability by determining whether the 
carrying value  of  such  assets will be  recovered through  the undiscounted expected  future  cash flows. If  the future  undiscounted cash  flows  are  less  than  the 
carrying amount of these assets, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. The Company did 
not recognize any intangible asset impairment charges in 2020 and 2019.

(h)

Treasury Stock

Treasury Stock is recorded at cost. Gains and losses on subsequent reissuance are recorded as increases or decreases to additional paid-in capital with

losses in excess of previously recorded gains charged directly to retained earnings. During 2019, 173 shares of common stock were reissued from treasury.

(i)

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues 
and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  The  Company’s  significant  estimates  include  stock  compensation  and  reserves  related  to  accounts  receivable, 
inventory and deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(j)

Royalty and License Expense

The  Company  records  royalty  expense,  as  applicable,  when  the  related  products  are  sold.  Royalty  expense  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  selling
expenses. Royalty expense was zero and $25 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company amortizes license fees over the life 
of the relevant contract.

The components of intangible assets consisting of license agreements that are carried at cost less accumulated amortization are as follows:

License agreements
Accumulated amortization

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

6,084
(6,074)
10

$

$

6,058
(6,038)
20

Amortization  of  license  fees  is  computed  utilizing  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  1  to  2  years.  Amortization  expense  for 
license  fees  was  $36  and  $45  in  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  Amortization  expense  for  license  fees  is  projected  to  be 
approximately $10 in the year ending December 31, 2021.

F-9

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

(k)

Foreign Exchange

The Company uses the United States dollar as its functional and reporting currency since the majority of the Company’s revenues, expenses, assets and
liabilities are in the United States and the focus of the Company’s operations is in that country. Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated using 
the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the year. Gains and losses from foreign 
currency transactions and translation for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and cumulative translation gains and losses as of December 31, 2020 and 
2019 were not material to the financial statements taken as a whole.

(l)

Research and Development

Research and development expenditures for the Company’s projects are expensed as incurred.

(m)

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue through the sale of products and services.

Revenue  is  recognized  based  on  the  following  steps:  (i)  identification  of  contract  with  customer;  (ii)  determination  of  performance  obligations;  (iii)
measurement of the transaction price; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the 
Company satisfies each performance obligation.

Revenue from the sale of products and services is recorded when the performance obligation is fulfilled, usually at the time of shipment or when the 
service is provided, at the net sales price (transaction price). Estimates of variable consideration, such as volume discounts and rebates, are reviewed and revised 
periodically by management. The Company elected to present revenue net of sales tax and other similar taxes and account for shipping and handling activities as 
fulfillment costs rather than separate performance obligations. Payments are typically due in 30 days, following delivery of products or completion of services. 
The Company provides a three-year warranty on most products. Warranty expense was de minimis in the two years ended December 31, 2020.

(n)

Stock-based compensation

The  Company  computes  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance.  The  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  option
pricing model to determine the fair value of its stock options. The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model includes various assumptions, including the fair 
market value of the common stock of the Company, expected life of stock options, the expected volatility and the expected risk-free interest rate, among others. 
These assumptions reflect the Company’s best estimates, but they involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions generally outside the control of the 
Company. Forfeitures are recorded when they occur.

(o)

Income Taxes

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under  the  provisions  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  ASC  Topic  740  “Income
Taxes” (“ASC Topic 740”). Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences in the recognition of certain income and expenses for financial and 
tax reporting purposes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company will classify as income tax expense any interest and penalties recognized in accordance with ASC Topic 740. The Company files income 

tax returns primarily in the United States and New Jersey, along with certain other jurisdictions.

(p)

Loss Per Share

Loss per share are calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 260 “Earnings Per Share,” which provides for the calculation of “basic” and “diluted” loss
per share. Basic loss per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for 
the period. Diluted loss per share reflect, in periods in which they have a dilutive effect, the effect of potential issuances of common shares.

F-10

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The  diluted  share  base  excludes  the  following  potential  common  shares  due  to  their  antidilutive  effect  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and 

2019:

Stock options
Warrants
Convertible debt

(q)

Other Comprehensive loss

December 31,

2020

2019

2,848
737
1,337
4,922

2,846
-
-
2,846

Comprehensive loss is a measure of income which includes both net loss and other comprehensive loss. Other comprehensive loss results from items
deferred  from  recognition  into  the  statement  of  operations  and  principally  consists  of  unrecognized  pension  losses  net  of  taxes.  Accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss is separately presented on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as part of stockholders’ equity.

(r)

Leases

The Company accounts for leases under FASB ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”). Topic 842 provides a number of optional practical expedients
and  accounting  policy  elections.  The  Company  elected  the  package  of  practical  expedients  requiring  no  reassessment  of  whether  any  expired  or  existing 
contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification of any expired or existing leases, or initial direct costs for any existing leases. Upon adoption of Topic 
842, the Company recognized right of use assets and corresponding lease liabilities pertaining to its operating leases. Operating lease liabilities are based on the 
net present value of the remaining lease payments over the lease term. In determining the present value of lease payment, the Company uses a collateralized rate 
based on the term of the lease based on the information available at the date of adoption of Topic 842.

(s)

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluates events that have occurred after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued. Based upon the evaluation,
the Company did not identify any additional recognized or non-recognized subsequent events that would require adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated 
financial statements.

(t)

Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  January  2017,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  2017-04,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other  (“Topic  350”)
Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This standard simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill 
impairment  test,  which  requires  a  hypothetical  purchase  price  allocation.  Goodwill  impairment  will  now  be  the  amount  by  which  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying 
value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The revised guidance will be applied prospectively and is effective for calendar year-
end Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filers for its annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of this new 
standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosure.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (“Topic 326”). ASU 2016-13 changes the impairment model 
for most financial assets and will require the use of an expected loss model in place of the currently used incurred loss method. Under this model, entities will be 
required  to  estimate  the  lifetime  expected  credit  loss  on  such  instruments  and  record  an  allowance  to  offset  the  amortized  cost  basis  of  the  financial  asset, 
resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The update to the standard is effective for interim and annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations 
or financial statement disclosure.

(u)

Accounting Pronouncements Issued But Not Yet Effective

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“Topic 740”). The list of changes is comprehensive;
however the changes will not significantly impact the Company due to the full valuation allowance that is recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets. 
Early adoption of ASU 2019-12 is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for public business entities for periods for which financial statements 
have not yet been issued. An entity  that elects to early adopt the amendments in an interim period should  reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the 
annual  period  that  includes  that  interim  period.  Additionally,  an  entity  that  elects  early  adoption  must  adopt  all  the  amendments  in  the  same  period.  The 
Company will adopt ASU 2019-12 in 2021. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results 
of operations or financial statement disclosure.

F-11

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

(v)

Going Concern and COVID-19

Our business has been materially and adversely affected by the outbreak of the Coronavirus or COVID-19. COVID-19, which has been declared by the
World Health Organization to be a “pandemic,” has spread to many countries, including the United States, and is impacting domestic and worldwide economic 
activity. Since being declared a “pandemic”, COVID-19 has interfered with our ability to meet with certain customers and has impacted and may continue to 
impact  many  of  our  customers.  There  are  developments  regarding  the  COVID-19  outbreak  on  a  daily  basis  that  may  impact  our  customers,  employees  and 
business partners. As a result, it is not possible at this time to estimate the duration or the scope of the impact COVID-19 could have on the Company's business. 
However,  the  continued  spread  of  COVID-19  and  actions  taken  by  our  customers,  suppliers  and  business  partners,  actions  we  take to  protect  the  health  and 
welfare of our employees, and measures taken by governmental authorities in response to COVID-19 could disrupt our manufacturing activities, the shipment of 
our products, the supply chain and purchasing decisions of our customers. The Company has experienced and is continuing to experience a significant reduction 
in sales as a result of the decreased business activities of our customers related to the COVID-19 outbreak and it remains unclear when or whether our customers 
will  resume  their  activities  at  a  level  where  our  sales  to  them  will  return  to  historical  levels.  In  addition,  government  officials  in  our  region  have  imposed 
measures  that  restrict  “non-essential”  business  activities,  and  although  we  are  currently  considered  to  be  involved  in  an  “essential”  business  activity,  it  is 
possible that those measures or others may be extended to cover “essential” business activities. If such restrictions were to be imposed, it is likely that we would 
not be able to continue all or a portion of our manufacturing, shipping and billing operations. Similar restrictions affecting the places where our customers do 
business would likely further reduce their business activities. These and other developments may have a material adverse impact on our business.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  that  the  Company  will  continue  as  a  going  concern,  which  contemplates  the 
realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company 
experienced  a  decline  in  sales,  a  reduction  in  working  capital,  reported  a  loss  from  operations  and  net  cash  used  in  operating  activities,  in  conjunction  with 
liquidity  constraints.  The  above  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The  financial  statements  do  not 
include any adjustments relating to the recoverability of the recorded assets or the classification of the liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be 
unable to continue as a going concern.

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been its existing cash balances, cash generated from operations, amounts available under the MidCap 
Facility  (see  Note  5  below),  amounts  available  under  the  Subordinated  Loan  Facility  (see  Note  6  below)  and  cash  generated  from  the  private  placement  of 
common stock (see Note 15 below). As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $2,145 outstanding under the MidCap Facility (as defined in 
Note 5 below) and $609 of additional availability for borrowing under the MidCap Facility.

If  anticipated  operating  results  are  not  achieved  and/or  the  Company  is  unable  to  obtain  additional  financing,  it  may  be  required  to  take  additional 
measures to reduce costs in order to conserve its cash in amounts sufficient to sustain operations and meet its obligations, which measures could have a material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  achieve  its  intended  business  objectives  and  may  be  insufficient  to  enable  the  Company  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern for at least twelve months from the date these financial statements are made available to be issued.

Note 2 - Revenue

The Company recognized revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring the product or service to the customer, typically at a point 

in time.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company is a technology-development and manufacturing company that delivers a wide range of products and services to the cable entertainment 
and media industry. Digital video headend products (including encoders) are used by a system operator for acquisition, processing, compression, encoding and 
management of digital video. DOCSIS data products give service providers, integrators, and premises owners a means to deliver data, video, and voice-over-
coaxial in locations such as hospitality, MDU’s, and college campuses, using IP technology. HFC distribution products are used to transport signals from the 
headend  to  their  ultimate  destination  in  a  home,  apartment  unit,  hotel  room,  office  or  other  terminal  location  along  a  fiber  optic,  coax  or  HFC  distribution 
network. Analog video headend products are used by a system operator for signal acquisition, processing and manipulation to create an analog channel lineup 
for further transmission. Contract-manufactured products provide manufacturing, research and development and product support services for other companies’ 
products. CPE products are used by cable operators to provide video delivery to customers using IP technology. NXG is a two-way forward-looking platform 
that  is used  to  deliver next-generation entertainment services in both enterprise and residential  locations.  Transcoders  convert  video files from  one format to 
another  to  allow  the  video  to  be  viewed  across  different  platforms  and  devices.  The  Company  also  provides  technical  services,  including  hands-on  training, 
system design engineering, on-site field support and complete system verification testing.

F-12

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The following table presents the Company’s disaggregated revenues by revenue source:

Digital video headend products
DOCSIS data products
CPE products
NXG products
HFC distribution products
Analog video headend products
Contract manufactured products
Transcoders
Other

All of the Company’s sales are to customers located in North America.

Note 3 - Inventories

Inventories, net of reserves, are summarized as follows:

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

Years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

3,607
2,227
4,165
705
2,133
1,232
145
1,543
622
16,379

$

$

6,714
2,817
3,977
913
2,509
1,532
602
71
707
19,842

December 31,

2020

2019

1,706
1,144
1,213
4,063

$

$

2,891
1,252
4,341
8,484

$

$

$

$

The Company recorded a provision to reduce the carrying amount of inventories to their net realizable value in the amount of $3,789 and $3,877 at 

December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Note 4 - Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:

Machinery and equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Office equipment
Building improvements

Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

10,761
440
2,472
121
13,794
(13,365)
429

$

$

10,620
440
2,456
103
13,619
(13,227)
392

Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $138 and $171 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

On February 1, 2019, the Company completed the sale of the Old Bridge Facility to Jake Brown Road, LLC (the “Buyer”). In addition, in connection 
with the completion of the sale, the Company and the Buyer (as landlord) entered into a lease (the “Lease”), pursuant to which the Company will continue to 
occupy, and continue to conduct its manufacturing, engineering, sales and administrative functions in the Old Bridge Facility.

The sale of the Old Bridge Facility was made pursuant to an Agreement of Sale dated as of August 3, 2018 as amended and extended (collectively, the 
“Sale Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sale Agreement, at closing, Buyer paid the Company $10,500. In addition, at closing, the Company advanced to the Buyer 
the sum of $130, representing a preliminary estimate of the Company’s share (as a tenant of the Old Bridge Facility following closing) of property repairs, as 
contemplated by the Sale Agreement. The Company recognized a gain of $7,175 in connection with the sale.

The  Lease  has  an  initial  term  of  five  years  and  allows  the  Company  to  extend  the  term  for  an  additional  five  years  following  the  initial  term.  The 
Company was obligated to pay base rent of approximately $837 for the first year of the lease with the amount of base rent adjusted for each subsequent year to 
equal 102.5% of the preceding year’s base rent. In 2020, the Company was obligated to pay base rent of $856 and in 2021 the Company is obligated to pay base 
rent of $877.

F-13

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Note 5 – Debt

Line of Credit

On October 25, 2019, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (All Assets) (the “Loan Agreement”) with MidCap Business Credit 
LLC (“MidCap”). The Loan Agreement provides the Company with a credit facility comprising a $5,000 revolving line of credit (the “MidCap Facility”). The 
MidCap Facility matures following the third anniversary of the Loan Agreement. Interest on the amounts outstanding under the Loan Agreement is variable, 
based  upon the  three-month LIBOR  rate  plus  a  margin  of  4.75%  (4.96%  at  December  31,  2020),  subject  to  re-set each month.  All  outstanding  indebtedness 
under the Loan Agreement is secured by all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Loan Agreement contains customary covenants, including restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of cash dividends 
or similar distributions, the repayment of any subordinated indebtedness and the encumbrance, sale or other disposition of assets. In addition, the Company was 
initially required to maintain minimum availability of $500, with the minimum availability to be reduced to $400 upon the deliverance of an inventory appraisal 
satisfactory to MidCap, which occurred during the fourth quarter 2019.

On April 7, 2020, the Company entered into a certain Consent and Amendment to Loan Agreement and Loan Documents with Midcap (the “MidCap 
First  Amendment”),  which  amended  the  MidCap  Facility  to,  among  other  things,  remove  the  existing  $400  availability  block,  subject  to  the  same  being  re-
imposed at the rate of approximately $7 per month commencing June 1, 2020. The operative provisions relating to the removal of the availability block under 
the  MidCap  First  Amendment  became  effective  on  April  8,  2020,  following  the  consummation  by  the  Company  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the 
Subordinated Loan Facility (See Note 6).

On  January  8,  2021,  the  parties  entered  into  a  Second  Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement  (the  “Second  Amendment”),  which  amendment,  revised  the 
Loan Agreement to, among other things, modify the Loan Agreement’s definition of “Minimum EBITDA Covenant Trigger Event.” The Second Amendment 
amends the definition, retroactive to and as of December 1, 2020, and also includes certain additional non-substantive changes.

Long-Term Debt

On April 10, 2020, the Company received loan proceeds of approximately $1,769 (“PPP Loan”) under the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). The 
PPP, established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), provides for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up 
to 2.5 times the average monthly payroll expenses of the qualifying business. The PPP Loan and accrued interest are forgivable after twenty-four weeks (the 
“Covered Period”) as long as the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and maintains its payroll 
levels. The amount of loan forgiveness will be reduced if the borrower terminates employees or reduces salaries during the Covered Period.

The PPP Loan is evidenced by a promissory note, dated as of April 5, 2020 (the “Note”), between the Company, as Borrower, and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, N.A., as Lender (the “Lender”). The interest rate on the Note is 0.98% per annum, with interest accruing on the unpaid principal balance computed on the 
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. No payments of principal or interest were due during the ten-month period beginning on the 
date after the Covered Period (the “Deferral Period”).

As  noted  above,  the  principal  and  accrued  interest  under  the  Note  evidencing  the  PPP  Loan  are  forgivable  after  twenty-four  weeks  as  long  the 
Company has used the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and maintains its payroll levels. The amount of loan 
forgiveness  will  be  reduced  if  the  Company  terminates  employees  or  reduces  salaries  during  the  eight-week  period.  The  Company  used  the  proceeds  for 
purposes consistent with the PPP. While the Company currently believes that its use of the PPP Loan proceeds will meet the conditions for forgiveness of the 
PPP Loan, we cannot assure you that we will not take actions that could cause the Company to be ineligible for forgiveness of the PPP Loan, in whole or in part. 
In order to obtain full or partial forgiveness of the PPP Loan, the Company must request forgiveness and must provide satisfactory documentation in accordance 
with applicable Small Business Administration (“SBA”) guidelines. Interest payable on the Note may be forgiven only if the SBA agrees to pay such interest on 
the forgiven principal amount of the Note. The Company will be obligated to repay any portion of the principal amount of the Note that is not forgiven, together 
with interest accrued and accruing thereon at the rate set forth above, until such unforgiven portion is paid in full.

F-14

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Beginning one month following expiration of the Deferral Period, and continuing monthly until 24 months from the date of the Note (the “Maturity 
Date”), the Company is obligated to make monthly payments of principal and interest to the Lender with respect to any unforgiven portion of the Note, in such 
equal  amounts  required  to  fully  amortize  the  principal  amount  outstanding  on  the  Note  as  of  the  last  day  of  the  Deferral  Period  by  the  Maturity  Date.  The 
Company is permitted to prepay the Note at any time without payment of any premium.

Long-term debt consists of the following:

Financing leases (Note 7)
PPP Loan

Less: Current portion

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

56
1,769
1,825
(28)
1,797

$

$

80
-
80
(33)
47

Annual maturities of long term debt at December 31, 2020 are, $28 in 2021, $899 in 2022, $894 in 2023 and $4 in 2024.

Note 6 – Subordinated Convertible Debt with Related Parties

On January 24, 2019, the Company and Drake (with the Company, collectively, the “Borrower”) entered into a Debt Conversion and Lien Termination 
Agreement (the “Conversion and Termination Agreement”) with Robert J. Pallé (“RJP”) and Carol M. Pallé (collectively, “Initial Lenders”), and Steven L. 
Shea and James H. Williams (collectively, the “Supplemental Lenders,” and together with the Initial Lenders, collectively, the “Lenders”), and Robert J. Pallé, 
as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

F-15

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred interest of $1 related to these loans.

As of the date of the Conversion and Termination Agreement, the Borrower was indebted to Steven L. Shea (“Shea”) for the principal and accrued 
interest  relating  to  a  $100  loan  advanced  by  Shea  under  the  Subordinated  Loan  Agreement  (the  “Shea  Indebtedness”).  In  addition,  as  of  the  date  of  the 
Conversion  and Termination  Agreement the  Initial Lenders  remained subject  to a commitment  to lend  Borrowers up to  an  additional $250  (the  “Additional 
Commitment”).

In  connection  with  the  anticipated  completion  of  the  sale  of  the  Old  Bridge  Facility,  the  Borrower,  the  Lenders  and  the  Agent  entered  into  the 
Conversion  and  Termination  Agreement  to  provide  for  (i)  the  full  payment  of  the  Shea  Indebtedness  (unless  such  amounts  were  converted  into  shares  of 
common stock prior to repayment), (ii) the termination of the Additional Commitment and (iii) the release and termination of all liens and security interests in 
the collateral under the Subordinated Loan Documents, including with respect to the Subordinated Mortgages, each to become effective as of the closing of the 
sale of the Old Bridge Facility. In connection with the execution and delivery of the Conversion and Termination Agreement by the Borrower, the Lenders and 
the  Agent,  Shea  provided  the  Company  with  a  notice  of  conversion,  and  upon  completion  of  the  sale  of  the  Old  Bridge  Facility  was  issued  260  shares  of 
Company common stock in full satisfaction of the Shea Indebtedness.

On  April  8,  2020,  the  Company,  as  borrower,  together  with  Livewire  Ventures,  LLC  (wholly  owned  by  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer, 
Edward R. Grauch), MidAtlantic IRA, LLC FBO Steven L. Shea IRA (an IRA account for the benefit of the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Steven Shea), 
Carol M. Pallé and Robert J. Pallé (Company Director and employed as Managing Director-Strategic Accounts), Anthony J. Bruno (Company Director), and 
Stephen K. Necessary (Company Director), as lenders (collectively, the “Initial Lenders”) and Robert J. Pallé, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the 
“Agent”) entered into a certain Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement (the “Subordinated Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which the 
lenders  from  time  to  time  party  thereto  may  provide  up  to  $1,500  of  loans  to  the  Company  (the  “Subordinated  Loan  Facility”).  Interest  accrues  on  the 
outstanding amounts advanced under the Subordinated Loan Facility at the rate of 12% per annum, compounded and payable monthly, in-kind, by the automatic 
increase of the principal amount of the loan on each monthly interest payment date, by the amount of the accrued interest payable at that time (“PIK Interest”); 
provided, however, that at the option of the Company, it may pay interest in cash on any interest payment date, in lieu of PIK Interest.

On April 8, 2020, the Initial Lenders agreed to provide the Company with a Tranche A term loan facility of $800 of which $600 was advanced to the 
Company on April 8, 2020, $100 was advanced to the Company on April 17, 2020 and $100 of which remains committed and undrawn. The Initial Lenders 
participating in the Tranche A term loan facility have the option of converting the principal balance of the loan held by each of them, in whole (unless otherwise 
agreed by the Company), into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock 
as reported by the NYSE American, during the five trading days preceding April 8, 2020 (the “Tranche A Conversion Price”) which was calculated at $0.593. 
The conversion right was subject to stockholder approval as required by the rules of the NYSE American, which was obtained on June 11, 2020.

F-16

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

On April 24, 2020, the Company, the Initial Lenders, Ronald V. Alterio (the Company’s Senior Vice President-Engineering, Chief Technology Officer) 
and certain additional unaffiliated investors (the “Additional Lenders,” and, together with the Initial Lenders, the “Lenders”) entered into the First Amendment 
to  Senior  Subordinated  Convertible  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  and  Joinder  (the  “Amendment”).  The  Amendment  provides  for  the  funding  of  $200  of 
additional loans under the  Subordinated Loan  Facility  as a  Tranche B  term loan  established under  the  Subordinated  Loan Agreement, with  such  loans being 
provided by the Additional Lenders. The Amendment also sets the conversion price of $0.55 (the “Tranche B Conversion Price”) with respect to the right of 
the Additional Lenders to convert the accreted principal balance of the loans held by each of them into shares of the Company’s common stock. The terms and 
conditions of  the  conversion rights applicable to the Initial  Lenders and the Additional  Lenders are otherwise identical in all material respects, including the 
terms restricting conversion to an aggregate amount of shares of common stock that would not result in the Company’s non-compliance with NYSE American 
rules requiring stockholder approval of issuances or potential issuances of shares in excess of the percentage limits specified therein or in an amount that may be 
deemed to constitute a change of control under such rules. These restrictions terminated as the requisite stockholder approval was obtained on June 11, 2020.

On October 29, 2020, the unaffiliated Additional Investors as described in Note 6, submitted irrevocable notices of conversion under the Tranche B 
Term  Loan.  As  a  result,  $175  of  original  principal  and  $11  of  PIK  interest  outstanding  under  the  Tranche  B  Term  Loan  were  converted  into  338  shares  of 
Company common stock in full satisfaction of their indebtedness.

On January 28, 2021, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to Senior Subordinated Convertible Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder 
(the “LSA Third Amendment”) with the Tranche A Parties, the Tranche B Parties (that had not previously converted the loans attributable to each of them into 
shares  of  Common  Stock),  the  Agent  and  certain  other  investors  (the  “Tranche  C  Parties”).  Pursuant  to  the  LSA  Third  Amendment,  the  parties  agreed  to 
increase the aggregate loan limit from $1,500 to $1,600 and the Tranche C Parties agreed to provide the Company with a commitment for a $600 term loan 
facility, all of which was advanced to the Company on January 29, 2021 (the “Tranche C Loans”). As is the case with the loans provided by the Tranche A 
Parties  and Tranche  B Parties,  interest  on  the  Tranche  C Loans  accrues at  12%  per  annum  and  is payable  monthly  in-kind,  by  the automatic  increase  of  the 
principal amount of the loans on each monthly interest payment date, by the amount of the accrued interest payable at that time. The Company, at its option, 
may  pay  any interest due on the Tranche C  Loans in cash on any interest payment date in lieu of  PIK Interest.  The Tranche  C  Parties also have the  option, 
following the stockholder approval described in the next sentence, of converting the accreted principal balance of the Tranche C Loans attributable to each of 
them into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $1.00. The conversion rights are subject to the terms and conditions applicable to the 
Tranche C Parties restricting conversion of the Tranche C Loans to an aggregate amount of shares of common stock that would not result in the Company’s non-
compliance with NYSE American rules requiring stockholder approval of issuances or potential issuances of shares in excess of the percentage limits specified 
therein. These restrictions terminated as the requisite stockholder approval was obtained on March 4, 2021.

The  obligations  of  the  Company  under  the  Subordinated  Loan  Agreement  are  guaranteed  by  Drake  and  are  secured  by  substantially  all  of  the 
Company’s and Drake’s assets. The Subordinated Loan Agreement has a maturity date three years from the date of closing, at which time the accreted principal 
balance of the loan (by virtue of the PIK Interest) plus any other accrued unpaid interest, would be due and payable in full. In connection with the Subordinated 
Loan Agreement, the Company, Drake, the Lenders and MidCap entered into a Subordination Agreement (the “Subordination Agreement”), pursuant to which 
the rights of the Lenders under the Subordinated Loan Agreement were subordinated to the rights of MidCap under the MidCap Agreement and related security 
documents. The Subordination Agreement precludes the Company from making cash payments of interest in lieu of PIK Interest, in  the absence of the prior 
written consent of MidCap or unless the Company is able to meet certain predefined conditions precedent to the making of any such payments of interest (or 
principal), as more fully described in the Subordination Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company accrued $77 of PIK Interest with 
respect to the Subordinated Loan Facility.

Note 7 – Leases

The Company recognizes right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities when it obtains the right to control an asset under a leasing arrangement with 
an initial term greater than twelve months. The Company leases its real estate and certain office equipment under non-cancellable operating leases, and certain 
office and factory equipment under non-cancellable financing leases.

The  Company  evaluates  the  nature  of  each  lease  at  the  inception  of  an  arrangement  to  determine  whether  it  is  an  operating  or  financing  lease  and 
recognizes the ROU asset and lease liabilities based on the present value of future minimum lease payments over the expected lease term. The Company’s leases 
do not generally contain an implicit interest rate and therefore the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate it would expect to pay to borrow on a similar 
collateralized basis over a similar term in order to determine the present value of its lease payments.

F-17

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The following table summarizes the Company’s operating and financing lease expense as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

2020

2019

Operating lease cost
Financing lease cost
Total
Weighted average remaining lease term
Weighted average discount rate-operating leases

$

$

1,183
38
1,221
3.0
6.5%

Maturities of the Company’s operating leases as of December 31, 2020, excluding short term leases are as follows:

2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter 
Total 
Less: present value discount 
Total operating lease liabilities 

Note 8- Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

$

$

$

$

1,155
20
1,175
4.0
6.5%

939
901
922
77
-
2,839
(274)
2,565

The Company from time to time is a party to certain proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of its business, none of which, in the current opinion 

of management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 9 – Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a defined contribution plan covering all full-time employees qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, in which 
the Company matches a portion of an employee’s salary deferral. The Company’s contributions to this plan were $45 and $170, for the years ended December 
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

At  December  31,  2020,  approximately  27%  of  the  Company’s  employees  were  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining  agreement,  that  is  scheduled  to 

expire in February 2022.

Substantially  all  union  employees  who  met  certain  requirements  of  age,  length  of  service  and  hours  worked  per  year  were  covered  by  a  Company 

sponsored non-contributory defined benefit pension plan. Benefits paid to retirees are based upon age at retirement and years of credited service.

On  August  1,  2006,  the  plan  was  frozen.  The  defined  benefit  pension  plan  is  closed  to  new  entrants  and  existing  participants  do  not  accrue  any 
additional  benefits.  The  Company  complies  with  minimum  funding  requirements.  The  total  expense  for  this  plan  was  $39  in  2020  and  $146  in  2019, 
respectively.

F-18

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension plan measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and 
the projected benefit obligation, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the funded status related to the defined benefit pension 
plan was (underfunded) overfunded by $(17) and $89, respectively, and is recorded in current liabilities and current assets, respectively.

Note 10 - Related Party Transactions

A director and shareholder of the Company is a partner of a law firm that serves as outside legal counsel for the Company. During the years ended 
December  31,  2020  and  2019,  this  law  firm  billed  the  Company  approximately  $834  and  $483,  respectively  for  legal  services  provided  by  this  firm.  At 
December 31, 2020, the Company owed $183 to this firm. There were no amounts owed to this firm at December 31, 2019.

Note 11 - Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  significant  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  cash  deposits  and  trade 

accounts receivable.

Credit  risk with  respect  to  trade  accounts  receivable  was  concentrated  with  three  of  the  Company’s customers  in both  2020  and 2019,  respectively. 
These  customers  accounted  for  approximately  38%  and  47%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  trade  accounts  receivable  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively.  The  Company  performs  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  its  customers’  financial  condition,  uses  credit  insurance  and  requires  collateral,  such  as 
letters  of  credit,  to  mitigate  its  credit  risk.  The  deterioration  of  the  financial  condition  of  one  or  more  of  its  major  customers  could  adversely  impact  the 
Company’s  operations.  From time to time where the Company determines that  circumstances warrant, such  as when a  customer  agrees to commit to a large 
blanket purchase order, the Company extends payment terms beyond its standard payment terms.

The following table summarizes credit risk with respect to customers as percentage of sales for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Customer A
Customer B
Customer C

No customer exceeded ten percent of sales for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The following table summarizes credit risk with respect to customers as percentage of accounts receivable:

Customer A
Customer B
Customer C
Customer D
Customer E
Customer F
Customer G

Years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

-
-
-

December 31,

2020

2019

-
-
-
-
15%
13%
11%

11%
12%
12%

19%
17%
-
11%
-
-
-

F-19

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The following table summarizes credit risk with respect to vendors as percentage of purchases for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Vendor A
Vendor B
Vendor C

The following table summarizes credit risk with respect to vendors as percentage of accounts payable:

Vendor A
Vendor B
Vendor C
Vendor D

Note 12 – Stock Repurchase Program

Years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

17%
15%
15%

December 31,

2020

2019

45%
11%
-
20%

37%
14%
-

84%
-
-
-

On July 24, 2002, the Company commenced a stock repurchase program to acquire up to $300 of its outstanding common stock (the “2002 Program”). 
The stock repurchase was funded by a combination of the Company’s cash on hand and borrowings against its revolving line of credit. On February 13, 2007, 
the Company announced a new stock repurchase program to acquire up to an additional 100 shares of its outstanding common stock (the “2007 Program”). As 
of December 31, 2020, the Company can purchase up to $72 of its common stock under the 2002 Program and up to 100 shares of its common stock under the 
2007 Program. The Company may, in its discretion, continue making purchases under the 2002 Program up to its limits, and thereafter to make purchases under 
the 2007 Program. During 2020 and 2019, the Company did not purchase any of its Common Stock under the 2002 Program or 2007 Program.

Note 13 – Executive and Director Stock Purchase Plans

On  June  16,  2014,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  Executive  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “ESPP”),  which  was  subsequently  amended 
several times most recently on September 10, 2020, retroactively effective to September 1, 2020. The ESPP allows executive officers of the Company to elect to 
purchase common stock of the Company in lieu of receiving a portion of their salary. The maximum number of shares of common stock that can be purchased 
by all participants, in the aggregate, pursuant to the ESPP is 750 shares. The shares will be purchased directly from the Company at the fair market value of the 
Company’s common stock on the date of purchase (based on selling prices reported on NYSE American), which is the payroll date when the salary is withheld. 
As of December 31, 2020, approximately 35 shares were purchased under the ESPP.

On November 8, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the Director Stock Purchase Plan (the “DSPP”), which was subsequently amended 
several times most recently on October 12, 2020. The DSPP allows non-employee directors of the Company to elect to purchase common stock of the Company 
in lieu of receiving a portion of their director and meeting fees. The maximum number of shares of common stock that can be purchased by all participants, in 
the  aggregate,  pursuant  to  the  DSPP  is  1,000  shares.  The  shares  will  be  purchased  directly  from  the  Company  at  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Company’s 
common stock on the date of purchase (based on selling prices reported on NYSE American), which is the check date when the fees would normally be paid. As 
of December 31, 2020, approximately 70 shares were purchased under the DSPP.

F-20

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Note 14 – Preferred Stock

The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  5,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  with  such  designations,  voting  and  other  rights  and  preferences  as  may  be 

determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no outstanding preferred shares.

Note 15 – Private Placement

On December 14, 2020, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain accredited investors (the 
“Purchasers”) for the sale and issuance by the Company to the Purchasers of (i) an aggregate of 1,429 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock 
and  (ii)  warrants  (the  “Purchaser  Warrants”)  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  up  to  714  shares  of  common  stock  (the  “Purchaser  Warrant  Shares”),  for 
aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $1,000, before deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company also 
agreed  to  issue  to  the  placement  agents  and  certain  persons  affiliated  with  the  placement  agents,  as  additional  compensation,  (a)  fully-vested  warrants  (the 
“Placement Agent Warrants”) to purchase an aggregate of up to 100 shares (the “Placement Agent Warrant Shares”) of common stock and (b) contingent 
warrants  (the  “Placement  Agent  Contingent  Warrants”)  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  up  to  an  additional  50  shares  (the  “Placement  Agent  Contingent 
Warrant Shares”) of common stock. The transaction closed on December 15, 2020.

The Purchase Agreement also includes terms that give the Purchasers certain price protections, providing for adjustments of the number of shares of 
common  stock  held  by  them  in  the  event  of  certain  future  dilutive  securities  issuances  by  the  Company  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  18  months  following  the 
closing of the private placement, or such earlier date on which all of the Purchaser Warrants have been exercised. In addition, the Purchase Agreement provides 
the Purchasers with a right to participate in certain future Company financings, up to 30% of the amount of such financings, for a period of 24 months following 
the closing of the private placement. The Purchase Agreement also required the Company to register the resale of the Shares and the Purchaser Warrant Shares 
pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the Purchasers, dated as of December 14, 2020, as described further below. 
The  Company  filed  a  registration  statement  with  the  SEC  on  January  14,  2021  to  register  the  resale  of  the  Shares  and  the  Purchaser  Warrant  Shares,  which 
registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on January 21, 2021.

The Purchase Agreement obligated the Company to call a special meeting of its stockholders to seek stockholder approval of the issuance of shares of 
its Common Stock issuable in connection with this transaction in excess of 19.99% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, in accordance with 
the  requirements of Section 713(a) of  the  New  York Stock  Exchange (“NYSE”)American Company Guide. Stockholder approval was obtained on  March 4, 
2021.

The Purchaser Warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share, are exercisable beginning on December 15, 2020, and have a term of three years. 
The exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of each Purchaser Warrant is subject to appropriate adjustments in the 
event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting the common stock. The fair value 
of the Purchaser Warrants is $643.

In certain circumstances, upon the occurrence of a fundamental transaction, a holder of Purchaser Warrants is entitled to receive, upon any subsequent 
exercise of the Purchaser Warrant, for each Purchaser Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise of the Purchaser Warrant immediately 
prior  to  the  fundamental  transaction,  at  the  option  of  the  holder,  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  successor  or  acquiring  corporation  or  of  the 
Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable as a result of the fundamental transaction by a holder of the number of 
shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  for  which  the  Purchaser  Warrant  is  exercisable  immediately  prior  to  the  fundamental  transaction.  If  holders  of  the 
Company’s common stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a fundamental transaction, then the Holder shall be given 
the choice as to the additional consideration it receives upon any exercise of the Purchaser Warrant following the fundamental transaction.

F-21

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The Placement Agent Warrants have an exercise price of $0.70 per share, a term of five years from December 14, 2020, and became exercisable upon 
the Company obtaining the stockholder approval described above. The exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of each 
Placement  Agent  Warrant  is  subject  to  appropriate  adjustments  in  the  event  of  certain  stock  dividends  and  distributions,  stock  splits,  stock  combinations, 
reclassifications or similar events affecting the common stock. The Placement Agent Warrants also provide the holders with certain “piggyback” registration 
rights, permitting the holders to request that the Company include the Placement Agent Warrant Shares for sale in certain registration statements filed by the 
Company. The fair value of the Placement Agent Warrants is $121.

The  Placement  Agent  Contingent  Warrants  have  an  exercise  price  of  $1.25  per  share,  a  term  of  five  years  from  December  14,  2020,  and  become 
exercisable  if,  and  to  the  extent,  holders  of  the  Purchaser  Warrants  exercise  such  Purchaser  Warrants.  In  no  event,  however,  will  the  Placement  Agent 
Contingent Warrants become exercisable unless and until Stockholder Approval has been  obtained. The exercise price and the number of shares of common 
stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  each  Placement  Agent  Contingent  Warrant  is  subject  to  appropriate  adjustments  in  the  event  of  certain  stock  dividends  and 
distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting the common stock. The Placement Agent Contingent Warrants also 
provide the holders with certain “piggyback” registration rights, permitting the holders to request that the Company include the Placement Agent Contingent 
Warrant Shares for sale in certain registration statements filed by the Company. The fair value of the Placement Agent Contingent Warrants is $56.

Note 16 – Equity Incentive Plans

In May 2016, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2016 Employee Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Employee Plan”), which authorized the 
Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Committee”)  to  grant  a  maximum  of  1,000  shares  of  equity  based  and  other  performance  based 
awards to executive officers and other key employees of the Company. The term of the 2016 Employee Plan expires on February 4, 2026. In May 2017, the 
stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to the 2016 Employee Plan to increase the annual individual award limits relating to stock options and 
stock  appreciation  rights  from  100  to  250  shares  of  Common  Stock.  In  June  2018,  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  approved  an  amendment  to  the  2016 
Employee  Plan  to  increase  the  maximum  number  of  equity  based  and  other  performance  awards  to  3,000.  The  Committee  determines  the  recipients  and  the 
terms  of  the  awards  granted  under  the  2016  Employee  Plan,  including  the  type  of  awards,  exercise  price,  number  of  shares  subject  to  the  award  and  the 
exercisability thereof.

F-22

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

In May 2005, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2005 Employee Equity Incentive Plan (the “Employee Plan”), which initially authorized 
the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) to grant a maximum of 500 shares of equity based and other performance based 
awards to executive officers and other key employees of the Company. In May 2007, the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Employee 
Plan to increase the maximum number of equity based and other performance awards to 1,100. In May 2010, the stockholders of the Company approved an 
amendment to the Employee Plan to increase the maximum number of equity based and other performance awards to 1,600. In May 2014, the stockholders of 
the Company approved the amendment and restatement of the Employee Plan to extend the term of the Employee Plan to February 7, 2024 and increase the 
maximum  number  of  equity  based  and  other  performance  awards  to  2,600.  In  June  2018,  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  approved  an  amendment  to  the 
Employee  Plan  to  increase  the  maximum  number  of  equity  based  and  other  performance  awards  to  2,700.  The  Committee  determines  the  recipients  and  the 
terms of the awards granted under the Employee Plan, including the type of awards, exercise price, number of shares subject to the award and the exercisability 
thereof.

In May 2016, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2016 Director Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Director Plan”). The 2016 Director Plan 
authorizes  the  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  to  grant  a  maximum  of  400  shares  of  equity  based  and  other  performance-based  awards  to  non-employee 
directors of the Company. The term of the 2016 Director Plan expires on February 4, 2026. The Board determines the recipients and the terms of the awards 
granted under the 2016 Director Plan, including the type of awards, exercise price, number of shares subject to the award and the exercisability thereof.

In May 2005, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2005 Director Equity Incentive Plan (the “Director Plan”). The Director Plan authorizes 
the Board of Directors (the “Board”) to grant a maximum of 200 shares of equity based and other performance-based awards to non-employee directors of the 
Company. In May 2010, the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Director Plan to increase the maximum number of equity based and 
other performance awards to 400. In May 2014, the stockholders of the Company approved the amendment and restatement of the Director Plan to extend the 
term of the Director Plan to February 7, 2024 and increase the maximum number of equity based and other performance awards to 600. The Board determines 
the recipients and the terms of the awards granted under the Director Plan, including the type of awards, exercise price, number of shares subject to the award 
and the exercisability thereof.

The Company issues performance-based stock options to employees. The Company estimates the fair value of performance stock option awards using 
the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Compensation expense for stock option awards is amortized on a straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting 
period.

The expected term of the stock options represents the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on the expected 
term calculated using the approach prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 for “plain vanilla” options. The 
expected stock price volatility for the Company’s stock options was determined by using an average of the historical volatilities of the Company. The Company 
will continue to analyze the stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more data for the Company’s common stock and exercise patterns become 
available. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments whose term was consistent with the expected term of the Company’s 
stock  options.  The  expected  dividend  assumption  is  based  on  the  Company’s  history  and  expectation  of  dividend  payouts.  The  Company  does  not  estimate 
forfeitures based on historical experience but rather reduces compensation expense when they occur.

The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the respective awards. The fair 

value of employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

Fair value of the company’s common stock on date of grant
Expected term
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield
Volatility
Fair value of options granted

Years ended
December 31,

2020
$0.595
6.5 years
0.44%
0.00%
79.0%
$0.41

2019
$1.10
6.5 years
2.38%
0.00%
79.0%
$0.77

F-23

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The following table summarizes total stock-based compensation costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Cost of goods sold
Selling expenses
General and administrative
Research and development
Total

Years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

40
40
227
97
404

$

$

47
101
280
191
619

The following table summarizes information about stock-based awards outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020:

Plan
2016 Employee Plan
2016 Director Plan
Other
2005 Employee Plan
2005 Director Plan

Stock-based awards available for grant as of December 31, 2020

Stock options award activity for the year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows:

Stock Options
1,717
457
500
1,012
312
3,998

1,172

Outstanding at January 1, 2020
Options granted
Options exercised
Options forfeited
Options expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2020

Exercisable at December 31, 2020

Number of 
shares

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Weighted-
Average 
Contractual 
Term

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value

3,950
468
(65)
(80)
(275)
3,998

2,604

$

$

$

0.91
0.59
0.75
0.84
1.21
0.86

0.92

6.3

5.5

$

$

2,008

1,213

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company granted options under the 2016 Employee Plan, the 2016 Director Plan and the 2005 Director 

Plan to purchase 468 shares of common stock to its employees and directors. The fair value of these options was approximately $192. 

F-24

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of 

the Company’s common stock or $1.33 per share at December 31, 2020.

The Company does not capitalize any cost associated with stock-based compensation.

The Company issues new shares of common stock (or reduces the amount of treasury stock) upon exercise of stock options or release of restricted stock 

awards.

The following table represents warrant activity for the year ended December 31, 2020:

Outstanding at January 1, 2020
Warrants granted
Warrants exercised
Warrants forfeited
Warrants expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2020

Exercisable at December 31, 2020

Number of 
shares

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Weighted-
Average 
Contractual 
Term

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value

-
887
-
-
-
887

737

$

$

$

-
0.73
-
-
-
0.73

1.23

3.39

3.06

$

$

829

652

In May 2020, the Company issued a 5-year warrant to purchase 22 shares of common stock of the Company to VFT Special Ventures, Ltd. a Delaware 
corporation (“VFT”). The warrant was granted as partial consideration in connection with the placement fee for the Subordinated Loan Facility (see Note 6). 
The warrant is exercisable at $0.55 per share and vested immediately. The fair value of the warrant was $9.

Note 17 - Income Taxes

The following summarizes the benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Current:

Federal
State and local

Deferred:
Federal
State and local

Valuation allowance
Provision for income taxes

2020

2019

$

$

-
15
15

(1,488)
(26)
(1,514)
1,514
15

$

$

-
15
15

(43)
(1)
(44)
44
15

The provision for income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the applicable Federal statutory rates due to the following for the years 

ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Benefit for Federal income taxes at the statutory rate
State and local income taxes, net of Federal benefit
Permanent differences:

Other

Change in valuation allowance
Rate differential
Other
Provision for income taxes

2020

2019

$

$

(1,567) $
12

73
1,514
-
(17)
15

$

(153)
11

84
44
-
29
15

F-25

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Inventories
Intangible
Share based compensation
Net operating loss carry forward
Depreciation
Pension liability
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Intangible
Indefinite life intangibles

Total deferred tax liabilities

Valuation allowance
Net

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

59
779
130
261
7,385
6
39
2
8,661

(4)
(156)
(160)
8,501
(8,501)
-

$

$

6
827
122
192
5,940
11
30
2
7,130

(4)
(139)
(143)
6,987
(6,987)
-

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  had  approximately  $33,045  and  $22,725  of  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss  carryovers 

(“NOL”), respectively, which begin to expire in 2022. Additionally, there are federal NOL carryovers of $1,755 which do not expire.

The change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was $1,514 and $44, respectively.

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax 
assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which 
those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and 
taxing  strategies  in  making  this  assessment.  The  decision  to  record  this  valuation  allowance  was  based  on  management  evaluating  all  positive  and  negative 
evidence. The  significant  negative  evidence  includes  a  loss  for the  current  year,  a cumulative  pre-tax  loss  for the  three years  ended  December 31,  2020,  the 
inability to carryback the net operating losses, limited future reversals of existing temporary differences and the limited availability of tax planning strategies. 
The  Company  expects  to  continue  to  provide  a  full  valuation  allowance  until,  or  unless,  it  can  sustain  a  level  of  profitability  that  demonstrates  its  ability  to 
utilize these assets.

The  Company  had  no  change  in  its  liability  for  uncertain  tax  position  during  2020  and  no  liabilities  for  uncertain  tax  positions  as  of  December  31, 
2020. ASC 740 discusses the classification of related interest and penalties on income taxes. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties incurred in 
connection with income taxes as a component of income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019.

The Company is required to file U.S. federal and state income tax returns. These returns are subject to audit by tax authorities beginning with the year 

ended December 31, 2017 or tax years beginning with the year ended December 31,2002 as the Company utilizes net operating losses.

F-26

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on 

its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: March 25, 2021

BLONDER TONGUE LABORATORIES, INC.

By:

By:

/s/ Edward R. Grauch 
Edward R Grauch
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Eric Skolnik 
Eric Skolnik
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the 

Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

/S/ EDWARD R. GRAUCH 
Edward R. Grauch

/S/ ERIC SKOLNIK
Eric Skolnik

/S/ ANTHONY BRUNO
Anthony Bruno

/S/ JAMES F. WILLIAMS
James F. Williams

/S/ CHARLES E. DIETZ
Charles E. Dietz

/S/ ROBERT J. PALLÉ
Robert J. Pallé

/S/ GARY P. SCHARMETT
Gary P. Scharmett

/S/ STEVEN L. SHEA
Steven L. Shea

/S/ JAMES H. WILLIAMS
James H. Williams

/S/ STEPHEN K. NECESSARY
Stephen K. Necessary

/S/ JOHN BURKE
John Burke

/S/ RICK BRIGGS
Rick Briggs

/S/ MICHAEL HAWKEY
Michael Hawkey

Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)

March 25, 2021 

Title

Date

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal 
Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

March 25, 2021

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

61

[ This page is intentionally left blank. ]

[ This page is intentionally left blank. ]

[ This page is intentionally left blank. ]

Corporate Information

Leadership Team

Steven L. Shea
Chairman of the Board

Edward R. 'Ted' Grauch
Chief Executive Officer and President

Eric Skolnik
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President,  
Treasurer and Secretary

Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Wednesday, May 26, 2021 at 10:00 a.m.
Corporate Headquarters
One Jake Brown Road
Old Bridge, NJ 08857

Stock Exchange Listing

NYSE American: BDR

Ron Alterio
Chief Technology Officer, Senior Vice President - Engineering

Stockholder Inquiries

Allen Horvath
Senior Vice President - Operations and Assistant Secretary

Board Members

Rick Briggs
Retired, Former CEO, SeniorTV

Anthony J. Bruno
Retired, Former VP of Finance, Besam Entrance Solutions

John Burke
Managing Partner, Vetust Advisors

Charles E. Dietz
Retired, Former CTO, Insight Communications

Michael Hawkey
Consultant

Stephen K. Necessary
Chairman of the Board, ComSonics, Inc.

Robert J. 'Bob' Pallé
Co-founder, TelePortXX, LLC, and Big Splash Partners, LLC

Gary P. Scharmett
Partner, Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP

Steven L. Shea – Chairman of the Board
Chairman of the Board, Unico American Corp.

James F. Williams
CFO and Director, OSC Holding, Inc.

James H. Williams
Consultant

Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc.
Eric Skolnik - Chief Financial Officer
E-mail: investor@blondertongue.com

Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP
2005 Market Street, Suite 2600
Philadelphia, PA 19103

Independent Auditor

Marcum LLP
750 Third Avenue 
New York, NY 10017

Corporate Headquarters

Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc.
One Jake Brown Road
Old Bridge, NJ 08857
Phone: 800-523-6049
www.blondertongue.com

Transfer Agent & Registrar

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219
Shareholder Services Phone: 718-921-8124

Additional copies of this report, which includes the Form 10-K, and the Proxy Statement may be obtained without charge by contacting 
Investor Relations. Electronic copies are available on the internet at www.blondertongue.com > About Us > Investor Relations.

One Jake Brown Road, Old Bridge, NJ 08857 USA

Phone: 800-523-6049 • Fax: 732-679-4353

www.blondertongue.com

© Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc.